18+ Best Quick & Easy Pasta Recipes Perfect for Dinner - Foolproof Living https://foolproofliving.com/category/dinner/pasta/ Tried & True Recipes · No Refined Sugars Tue, 20 Jan 2026 23:24:02 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.8.3 https://foolproofliving.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cropped-cropped-Foolproof-Living-Favicon-image-resized-32x32.png 18+ Best Quick & Easy Pasta Recipes Perfect for Dinner - Foolproof Living https://foolproofliving.com/category/dinner/pasta/ 32 32 Mediterranean Pasta Salad https://foolproofliving.com/mediterranean-pasta-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/mediterranean-pasta-salad/#comments Thu, 22 May 2025 12:56:19 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=81553 Even as someone who develops recipes for a living, I still have those moments before a get-together when I’m standing…]]>

Even as someone who develops recipes for a living, I still have those moments before a get-together when I’m standing in the kitchen wondering, what should I bring? I mean, I know I have a blog full of recipes, but when you’re serving a crowd with so many preferences and diet restrictions, it’s always a hard decision to make.

My experience is that this Mediterranean macaroni salad seems to please most people. For one thing, most people love the familiar “Greek” flavors (i.e. cucumbers, olives, tomatoes, etc.) and it rarely needs an introduction. To me, it is like a bistro pasta salad that is the most popular dish on the menu.

Cold Mediterranean pasta salad in a bowl with wooden spoons from the top view.

Key Ingredients:

The good news is that once you understand the process and the flavor profile, it’s easy to make this Mediterranean pasta recipe your own. You can find the full list of ingredients in the recipe card below, but below are a few helpful notes and substitutions:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view with text on the image.

Pasta: I used farfalle (also known as bow tie pasta), but other shapes like rotini and fusilli would also work. I prefer these shapes as they hold on to the dressing, blend well with the rest of the ingredients, and are easy to scoop and eat cold. Of course, you can always use gluten-free pasta if preferred. 

Canned & fresh veggies: In my humble opinion, using a combination of canned and fresh vegetables is what makes this Mediterranean noodle salad a winner. And the best part is that if you do not have one ingredient (or you don’t care for it), you can use another. Here are a few optional add-ins and substitution ideas:

  • Onion: Use finely chopped red onion instead of scallions.
  • Tomatoes: If tomatoes are not in season, use finely chopped sun-dried tomatoes instead.
  • Fresh Herbs: Fresh oregano is the classic “Mediterranean” herb used in salads like this, but other herbs like fresh parsley, dill, and mint would all work.
  • Cheese: Not a fan of feta cheese? Use goat or no cheese if you prefer a vegan or dairy-free version of this pasta salad. 
  • Add protein: If you want to turn this into a more filling meal, feel free to bulk it up with a protein. Chickpeas are a great plant-based option and work beautifully with the Mediterranean flavors. You can also add grilled shrimp, chicken, or even canned tuna for a quick boost. Just be sure everything is cooled before mixing it in.
  • Pasta Salad Dressing: I used my go-to Mediterranean Vinaigrette, but my Lemon Balsamic Vinaigrette would also be a great dressing option.

How to Make Mediterranean Pasta Salad?

Once you have the ingredients ready, making this Mediterranean diet pasta salad is no more than a few easy steps. You can find the detailed recipe below, but here’s how I put it together:

A collage of images showing cooked pasta and making of the pasta salad dressing.

Step 1 – Cook the pasta: I feel like most pasta salads either have too much pasta or too many “supporting” ingredients. For a salad with so many add-ins, I find that 8 ounces of pasta (which gives you about 4 cups cooked) is the right balance.

Cook it in well-salted boiling water until al dente, according to the package instructions. Then drain and rinse under cold water to stop the cooking process.

Pro tip: Let the pasta cool completely before adding the rest of the ingredients. If it’s too warm, it can wilt the veggies or melt the cheese. Plus, the dressing will soak in too quickly, leaving the salad a bit dry.

Step 2: Make the dressing: You can make the Mediterranean pasta salad dressing in a mason jar (great if you’re making it ahead) or a measuring cup, but if I’m making this for just us at home, I usually grab a large bowl and make it right there. 

That way, (1) I don’t have to wash another dish, and (2) I can start building the salad directly in the bowl.

No matter what vessel you’re using, start by adding the lemon juice, garlic, Dijon mustard, oregano, salt, and pepper. Then, slowly drizzle in the olive oil while whisking. This helps emulsify the dressing, making it a little creamy and helping it cling to the pasta.

Photos showing how to assemble the Mediterranean noodle salad.

Step 3 – Assemble the salad: Grab a large salad bowl. And I do mean large because we’ve got a good amount of vegetables going in. Add the cooled pasta along with the rest of the ingredients. It’ll look like a pile at first, and that’s totally fine.

Step 4: Dress and serve: Drizzle with the dressing and toss to combine. It might get a little messy, but that’s part of the charm of this easy pasta salad. Use tongs or two large spoons, and be gentle (and patient) as you toss.

If you have the time, cover and let it sit in the fridge for 30 minutes so the flavors can mingle.

Expert Tips:

Before you start cooking, here are a few tips to help you get the best results from this cold Mediterranean pasta salad. These small details can make a big difference in taste, texture, and presentation.

Drain the canned vegetables: One of the reasons this salad is so convenient is that it takes advantage of canned or jarred ingredients like artichoke hearts, roasted bell peppers, and olives. But if you don’t drain them properly, they can add too much moisture and water down the salad. Use a colander and drain each ingredient thoroughly before adding it to the bowl.

Taste for seasoning: Whenever I write a recipe with salty or briny ingredients like feta cheese and olives, I keep the added salt to a minimum. But let’s face it, not all feta or olives are created equal. Some are much saltier than others. So it’s always a good idea to taste those components first, then adjust the amount of salt in the dressing as needed.

Chop everything into similar sizes: For the best texture and an even bite, keep all the ingredients around the same size as the pasta. It’s a small thing, but it helps everything mix well and makes the salad easier to eat.

Serving Suggestions:

While this Mediterranean bow tie pasta salad can stand on its own, it also pairs well with a variety of main dishes. Below are a few of my favorite ways to serve it:

  • Roasted or grilled meat and seafood: This pasta salad is the ideal companion to a simply grilled salmonbaked chicken breast, or even lamb chops. The fresh, vibrant flavors of the salad beautifully cut through the richness of grilled proteins, making for a light yet satisfying meal.
  • Make it a Mediterranean weeknight dinner: Make a batch of my mom’s Chicken Kofta Recipe and serve it with your pasta for a true Mediterranean feast.
  • Bread: Serve it with a side of crusty bread (such as my Olive Bread) or warm pita bread to scoop up every last bit of that delicious dressing.
  • Fresh fruit: If all you need is a light and refreshing complement, serve it alongside a bowl of seasonal fresh fruit, such as watermelon, berries, or grapes.
Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

Photos by Tanya Pilgrim.

Mediterranean cold pasta salad in a bowl from the top view.
Print

Mediterranean Pasta Salad Recipe

This Mediterranean Pasta Salad is a vibrant, make-ahead dish that’s perfect for gatherings, lunches, or easy dinners. It travels well and tastes even better after a few hours.
Course Vegetarian Pasta
Cuisine American Vegetarian
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 350kcal

Ingredients

For the Salad:

  • 8 oz dry pasta farfalle, fusilli or rotini
  • 3 Persian cucumbers or 1 English cucumber – peeled and sliced thinly
  • 1 ½ cups cherry tomatoes quartered
  • 2/3 cup black olives such as Kalamata olives sliced or chopped – 3 oz.
  • 1 cup roasted red peppers sliced and drained (or cut into small strips) (I use jarred)
  • 1 cup marinated artichoke hearts quartered and drained (7 oz after drained)
  • 3 scallions thinly sliced
  • 2 cups arugula or baby spinach – washed and dried
  • 4 oz. feta cheese crumbled

For the Mediterranean Dressing:

  • 3 tablespoons lemon juice or red wine vinegar
  • 1 clove garlic minced
  • ½ teaspoon Dijon mustard
  • ½ teaspoon fresh oregano finely chopped – or ⅛ teaspoon dried oregano
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt plus more to taste
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper
  • ¼ cup extra virgin olive oil

Instructions

  • Bring a large pot of salted water to a boil. Cook the pasta until it’s al dente, according to the package directions. Drain and rinse under cold water to stop the cooking process. Set it aside.
    A collage of images showing the cooked pasta and salad dressing for the recipe.
  • While the pasta is cooking, make the dressing by whisking together 3 tablespoons lemon juice (or vinegar), 1 clove of minced garlic, ½ teaspoon Dijon mustard, ½ teaspoon chopped oregano, ½ teaspoon of Kosher salt, and ¼ teaspoon black pepper in a small bowl. Slowly drizzle in ¼ cup of olive oil while whisking until fully emulsified.
  • To assemble the salad, in a large bowl, combine the cooked and cooled pasta, cucumber, tomatoes, olives, roasted red peppers, artichoke hearts, scallions, arugula, and feta cheese.
    Images showing how to assemble the Mediterranean macaroni salad.
  • Pour the dressing over the salad and toss gently to ensure all ingredients are evenly coated with the dressing. Taste for seasoning and add more if necessary.
  • If you have the time, cover and let it sit in the fridge for 30 minutes before serving.
    Pasta salad in a bowl with wooden utensils.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes about 6-7 cups of pasta salad that is ideal for six (generous) servings as a side dish. The nutritional values below are per serving.
  • Make Ahead Instructions: Keep in mind that this salad gets better as it sits, so you can absolutely make it a day in advance. The only thing I recommend is holding off on adding the arugula or spinach until just before serving so the greens stay fresh and don’t wilt.
  • Storage: Leftovers can be stored in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 4 days. It is normal to get a bit soggy as it sits. Be sure to give it a good toss and taste (and adjust) the seasoning before serving.

Nutrition

Calories: 350kcal | Carbohydrates: 36g | Protein: 9g | Fat: 19g | Saturated Fat: 5g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 9g | Cholesterol: 17mg | Sodium: 1104mg | Potassium: 314mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 3g | Vitamin A: 1027IU | Vitamin C: 32mg | Calcium: 154mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/mediterranean-pasta-salad/feed/ 4
Lemon Orzo https://foolproofliving.com/lemon-orzo/ https://foolproofliving.com/lemon-orzo/#comments Mon, 24 Mar 2025 20:05:17 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=80826 Cooked in chicken broth, this small pasta may resemble rice but has an incomparably tender consistency. The lemon, garlic and…]]>

Cooked in chicken broth, this small pasta may resemble rice but has an incomparably tender consistency. The lemon, garlic and Parmesan create a zesty flavor profile that will have you licking the spoon. If you can’t get enough of orzo after this, I know you’ll also appreciate my Lemon Chicken Orzo Soup.

Lemon orzo garnished with lemon and parsley in a pot from the top view.

What You Need To Know in A Nutshell:

Before you dive into the lemon orzo recipe below, here are a few essential notes from my test kitchen to ensure your success:

  • My preferred ratio of orzo to liquid is 1 to 2. Because this recipe for lemon orzo has you cooking the pasta with the pot’s lid off, some of the liquid will evaporate as it simmers. Thus, my recipe calls for a bit more broth than others you may find. 
  • Stay close and stir often. This is a quick-cooking dish that you will want to keep a close eye on to prevent the pasta from scorching at the base of the pot. If you find that it’s cooking too fast, turn down the heat slightly and add a splash more of your stock.
  • 1 cup of dry orzo yields about 2 to 2.5 cups of cooked orzo. If you’re wondering how much dry orzo per person to cook, a good rule of thumb is to use  ⅓ cup (about 2 ounces) of dry orzo per person as a side dish. If you’re serving it as a main dish, you may want to increase the portion to ½ cup (about 3 ounces) per person.

How To Make Lemon Orzo?

The simplicity and versatility of this lemon orzo recipe are what you will love most about it. Here’s how I make it:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  1. Gather your ingredients: You can find the complete list of ingredients in the recipe card below, but here are some ingredient notes:
    • Oil: I opted for butter, but you can use extra virgin olive oil (or other vegetable oils) if you prefer. 
    • Chicken stock: Need to make this vegetarian? In this recipe, we are cooking orzo with chicken broth (or stock), but it can easily be made with vegetable broth instead. Whichever option you choose, if you use storebought, remember to select the low sodium version.
Steps showing how to sautee orzo with oil.
  1. Sautee orzo with butter (or oil): Heat your butter in a medium-sized saucepan or Dutch oven over medium heat, then add the minced fresh garlic and lemon zest and saute for 30 seconds. Next, add the orzo and continue to saute, stirring constantly, until the orzo is coated with oil and lightly browned, about 4 minutes. While it may look like an extra step, toasting orzo in oil brings out a nutty, slightly roasted flavor that deepens the dish’s overall taste.
Lemon orzo with parmesan in a pot from the top view.
  1. Add your stock and boil: Carefully pour in the chicken stock and add the kosher salt and black pepper. Stir to combine. Bring it all to a boil, then lower the heat to medium-low, and let it simmer, uncovered, until the orzo is cooked through (most of the liquid is absorbed) but still al dente, about 10 minutes, stirring occasionally. The whole thing happens quickly, so it is best to keep a close eye on it.
  2. Serve: Remove the pan from the heat, then add lemon juice and parmesan cheese. Taste for seasoning and add more salt and pepper, if necessary, before serving. Garnish with parsley and serve immediately.

Optional Add-ins and Variations

This easy lemon orzo is highly modifiable—one of my favorite things about it! Not only does this flavor combo go with just about any main dish, but you can also elevate it with a few different vegetables. Here are some that I think are worth trying in your kitchen:

  • Add in a vegetable. You can easily toss frozen blanched peas or fresh baby spinach into your lemony orzo during the last 3 minutes of cooking. My favorite veggie add-in is asparagus; you will also mix this into your lemon orzo pasta in the last 3 minutes as it cooks. However, I recommend blanching or steaming asparagus first before adding it in. You can do the same with broccoli if you prefer.
  • Select your cheese & fresh herbs according to your menu. While this creamy lemon orzo recipe calls for Parmesan cheese, you can mix things with regional flavors. Serving this as an Italian side dish? Use Parmesan and fresh basil. Using your garlic lemon orzo as a part of a Mediterranean meal? Swap in feta cheese and fresh dill. Want some added heat? Garnish your finished lemon orzo with red pepper flakes. 
  • Want an extra creamy lemon orzo pasta? Add a splash of heavy cream (¼ cup or so) towards the end (in the last 3 minutes or so) of your cooking time.

What to Serve with Lemon Orzo?

This lemon parmesan orzo is the ultimate side dish for a reason: it is versatile and can be enjoyed in many ways. Below are a few of my favorite pairings:

  • As a side dish: While I would devour this lemon garlic orzo with just about any main dish, my current go-to pairings are either serving it alongside my Chicken Kabobs or with my Honey Harissa Chicken
  • As the base of a bowl: Orzo with lemon is an excellent (and surprising!) grain option in place of rice for a wide variety of bowls. Top your lemon orzo with your favorite veggies and a protein like Turkey Zucchini Meatballs or Lamb Feta Meatballs.

FAQs

What is orzo made of?

Orzo is a rice-shaped pasta made of semolina durum wheat, and its tiny size is what makes it so easy to use in everything from salads, bowls, soups, and more.

Can I use rice instead of orzo in this recipe?

Even though orzo looks like rice, it isn’t a 1-to-1 substitute. Orzo cooks faster than rice and absorbs liquid differently, creating a creamier texture. If you want to use rice, you’ll need to adjust both the cooking time and the liquid ratio—plus, the result will be less creamy and more like a pilaf than a pasta dish.

You Might Also Like:

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you make your own Lemon Orzo recipe following our recipe, I would greatly appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great way to support this website and help those planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the Foolproof Living community.

Photos by Tanya Pilgrim

Lemony orzo recipe in a pot garnished with parsley.
Print

Lemon Orzo Recipe

This lemony orzo pasta is a one-pot, go-with-anything side dish that’s ready in 20 minutes and perfect for busy weeknights. The lemon, garlic, and Parmesan create a zesty flavor profile that will have you licking the spoon.
Course Side Dish
Cuisine American
Diet Kosher
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 20 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 356kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 tablespoon unsalted butter or extra-virgin olive oil
  • 2 cloves garlic minced
  • 2 teaspoons lemon zest approx. zest of 1 large lemon
  • 1 ½ cups orzo 9 oz.
  • 3 cups chicken stock homemade or store bought (low sodium) or vegetable stock for a vegetarian option
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper
  • 2 tablespoons fresh lemon juice
  • ½ cup grated parmesan cheese or crumbled feta cheese
  • 1 tablespoon fresh parsley or fresh basil leaves

Instructions

  • Heat one tablespoon of butter in a medium-sized saucepan or Dutch oven over medium heat.
    A collage of photos showing how to sautee orzo with butter.
  • Add two cloves of minced garlic and two teaspoons of lemon zest and sautee using a wooden spoon for 30 seconds.
  • Add 1 ½ cups of orzo and cook, stirring constantly, until orzo is coated with oil and lightly browned, about 4 minutes.
  • Carefully pour in the 3 cups of chicken stock and add one teaspoon of kosher salt and ¼ teaspoon of black pepper. Stir to combine.
  • Bring it to a boil, lower the heat to medium-low, and let it simmer, uncovered, until the orzo is cooked through but still al dente, about 10 minutes, stirring occasionally and keeping a close eye on it.
    A collage of images showing how to add chicken broth and parmesan to lemon orzo as it is cooking.
  • Off the heat, add lemon juice and parmesan cheese. Taste for seasoning and add more if necessary before serving.
    Cooked lemon parmesan orzo in a pot from the top view.
  • Garnish with fresh chopped parsley and serve immediately.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes about 3 to 3 1/2 cups of cooked lemon orzo pasta that is ideal for 4 to 6 servings as a side dish.
  • Storage: Allow the leftovers to come to room temperature, then store it in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 4 days.
  • Reheating: Place your leftover lemon orzo in a saucepan with a splash of water or stock and warm over low heat. 
  • Freezing: While you can, in theory, freeze orzo cooked in broth, I don’t recommend it. Pasta will always be mushy when thawed; I find it best to make this side dish fresh.
  • Cook only until al dente: While I listed the cooking time as 10 minutes (or so), please be aware that the timing might slightly differ based on the brand you are using. Be sure to check the package instructions and taste for texture (and doneness) towards the end to ensure it is cooked to your liking.

Nutrition

Calories: 356kcal | Carbohydrates: 51g | Protein: 16g | Fat: 9g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 3g | Trans Fat: 0.1g | Cholesterol: 24mg | Sodium: 1062mg | Potassium: 361mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 5g | Vitamin A: 287IU | Vitamin C: 6mg | Calcium: 135mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/lemon-orzo/feed/ 2
Ground Beef Stroganoff Recipe https://foolproofliving.com/ground-beef-stroganoff-recipe/ https://foolproofliving.com/ground-beef-stroganoff-recipe/#comments Wed, 12 Feb 2025 15:08:20 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=80118 If you are a fan of the traditional Beef Stroganoff made with sirloin steak tips but want a quicker way…]]>

If you are a fan of the traditional Beef Stroganoff made with sirloin steak tips but want a quicker way to make it, this recipe for beef stroganoff using ground beef is just what you need. It’s faster to make, more economical, and just as comforting—a total win-win!

This easy version still delivers the same rich, savory stroganoff sauce but swaps in hamburger meat for a more convenient twist. And if ground beef isn’t your favorite, my Chicken Stroganoff recipe is another delicious alternative.

Hamburger stroganoff recipe garnished with parsley in a pot from the top view.

Ingredients and Substitutions

Our stroganoff recipe with ground beef calls for only a few basic ingredients that you can find at your local grocery store—some you may even already have on hand at home:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view with text on the image.
  • Vegetable oil: Any neutral-tasting oil like olive oil, avocado oil, or ghee can be used. If you prefer a richer flavor, then you can also use unsalted butter.
  • Ground beef: Hamburger meat, aka chop meat, aka ground meat—whatever you want to call it—is what we’re using in this easy hamburger stroganoff recipe. I recommend using 93% lean ground beef. With that being said, if you are looking to lighten up the dish further, you’re also welcome to swap in ground turkey or ground chicken as an alternative to burger meat.
  • Onion: I find that this beef burger stroganoff pairs best with a white or yellow chopped onion. 
  • Mushrooms: This beef stroganoff skips the canned cream of mushroom soup, avoiding unnecessary additives and opting for fresh mushrooms instead. I find that baby bella mushrooms (also known as cremini mushrooms) add more depth of flavor, but white button mushrooms also work. Just be sure you slice them thinly in advance. 
  • Fresh garlic cloves: You really want the full flavor of fresh garlic—trust me. But if you only have granulated garlic (or garlic powder) on hand, you are welcome to swap that in instead.
  • Flour: Wondering the secret to making the best stroganoff sauce? It’s in the roux! In this homemade ground beef stroganoff recipe I use general all-purpose flour to prepare the sauce. However, if you need to make this as a gluten-free dish, then it is ok to use your favorite cup for cup gluten-free flour instead.
  • Beef broth: Use your favorite low-sodium beef broth brand or if you have the time, make your own.
  • Worcestershire sauce: This classic steak sauce gives homemade ground beef stroganoff its zing—don’t skip it!
  • Seasonings: This simple recipe requires nothing much in the realm of seasonings beyond Kosher salt and pepper, as the beef broth, burger meat, and mushrooms really bring out that umami flavor on their own. 
  • Sour cream: For the creamiest stroganoff sauce, I recommend using full-fat sour cream. If you’re seeking to lighten up the dish, you can substitute Greek yogurt in its place; however, just note that it will have a bit more tangy taste and a less creamy texture.
  • Egg noodles: Available in various sizes, egg noodles all work well in this recipe, but I prefer medium-sized noodles for the best texture and bite. With that being said, you can use plain dried pasta as well. I like short pasta like fusilli or penne. And if you use pasta, I recommend cooking it separately until al dente and then adding it to the sauce.
  • Acid: To brighten up the flavors, I prefer to use a generous squeeze of lemon juice, but apple cider vinegar would also work with this ground beef stroganoff recipe. Alternatively, you can also mix in ½ to 1 teaspoon of Dijon mustard to the sauce to brighten up the flavors.
  • Fresh parsley

How to Make Beef Stroganoff with Ground Beef?

This hamburger stroganoff recipe with homemade beef stroganoff sauce is so delicious and simple to make that you’ll no longer be tempted to grab the powdered box mix or that additive-laden can of cream of mushroom soup. Below are the steps:

  1. Start with warming your oil. Heat 1 tablespoon of olive oil in a large skillet or Dutch oven over medium-high heat until it shimmers. 
A collage of images showing how to make hamburger stroganoff recipe.
  1. Cook your stroganoff hamburger meat. Add the ground beef to the warmed oil and cook it until it’s evenly browned, breaking it up as you cook to avoid large chunks. This should take only about 5 minutes. Then, transfer the now-cooked meat onto a platter using a slotted spoon and set it aside.
  2. Saute your mushrooms, onions, and garlic. Continue with the pan on medium-high heat, adding the remaining tablespoon of olive oil. Then, add the chopped onions and sliced mushrooms and saute them until the liquid from the mushrooms has evaporated—this takes about 6-8 minutes. 
  3. Add garlic: After the mushrooms are softened, reduce the heat if needed to avoid burning before you add the fresh garlic, sauteeing it for an additional 30 seconds.
A collage of images showing the steps of making this recipe.
  1. Make your roux. Sprinkle the flour over the cooked vegetables and stir continuously for 30-45 seconds, or until the flour turns golden brown. 
  2. Prepare your beef stroganoff sauce. Gradually pour in the broth, stirring frequently to deglaze the pan, scraping the browned bits at the bottom aka the fond) to thoroughly incorporate them. Then, bring the mixture to a boil and cook it until the sauce has thickened, which takes about 3-4 minutes.
  3. Combine your ground meat and seasonings to the stroganoff sauce. Add the now-browned ground beef, Worcestershire sauce, Kosher salt, and pepper to the skillet. Give it a good stir.
  4. Add in the noodles to cook them in the beef stroganoff sauce. Stir in the egg noodles and simmer, covered, on low heat for 10 – 12 minutes (or until tender), stirring occasionally.
  5. Remove from heat to finish the dish. Take the skillet off of the heat, then stir in the sour cream and lemon juice (or apple cider vinegar), if using. Adjust the seasoning to your desired taste.
  6. Garnish your pasta. When you’re ready to serve the one-pan hamburger stroganoff, sprinkle the top of it with the parsley.

How To Store and Freeze Leftovers?

  • To Make-Ahead: Brown the meat, sauté the vegetables, and make the sauce up to 2 days in advance. Store in an airtight container in the fridge and simply reheat before adding cooked noodles and sour cream.
  • To Store: Because this is truly the best hamburger stroganoff recipe, don’t anticipate that you’ll have leftovers (wink-wink), but if you do, recommend that you allow the beef burger stroganoff to come to room temperature first. Once it’s no longer hot, you can place it in an airtight container and store it in the refrigerator for up to 4 days. 
  • To Freeze: If you are planning to freeze your homemade hamburger stroganoff, it’s best to freeze the creamy sauce and ground beef mixture separately from the noodles for the best texture. The noodles don’t freeze well and the dish will taste far better when you prepare the noodles fresh on the day you plan to serve them. To do this, prepare the recipe through Step 6, then allow the sauce to come to room temperature. Place it in an airtight freezer-safe container and freeze it for up to 3 months. To defrost it, place it in the fridge overnight to thaw. 
  • To Reheat: When reheating this beef stroganoff with hamburger and mushrooms, I recommend that you do so over medium heat, stirring frequently. You may have to add a splash of water (or beef broth) to thin it out, depending on the consistency of the stroganoff sour cream sauce.

FAQs

Can you use cream cheese instead of sour cream?

Your finished this would have a slightly different flavor, but you can mix softened (room temperature) cream cheese with a few tablespoons of warmed beef broth and add it at the end (off the heat).

Can I use Greek yogurt instead of sour cream?

Yes, you can substitute Greek yogurt for sour cream, but the dish will have a slightly tangier flavor. I recommend using whole milk Greek yogurt, as its higher fat content creates a creamy texture similar to sour cream.

Can I add other vegetables to the sauce?

While it is not traditional, you can add vegetables to make it more nourishing. When choosing veggies, opt for quick-cooking veggies like peas and spinach.

Can I make ground beef stroganoff without mushrooms?

Again, not traditional, but you can make it without mushrooms. To maintain the umami flavors, you can add an extra teaspoon of Worcestershire sauce, a splash of soy sauce, or a beef bouillon to intensify the flavor.

What To Serve It With?

One of our favorite things about our beef stroganoff recipe with ground beef and sour cream is that the savory flavors pair well with practically any one of our vegetable side dishes. Can’t decide? Here are a couple of our top pairings.

Ground beef stroganoff with sour cream in a bowl garnished with parsley.

Expert Tips

Our beef stroganoff recipe with hamburger truly couldn’t be easier. However, here are a few added tips that we’ve discovered in our test kitchen to ensure your finished meal comes together seamlessly:

  • A large skillet is ideal. What you want for this recipe is a lot of surface area so that your ingredients aren’t piled up on top of each other and can cook evenly. This is my go-to skillet (affiliate link) for any time I make this easy ground meat stroganoff recipe. 
  • Have everything ready before you begin cooking. This recipe comes together so quickly that you won’t want to reach for ingredients that haven’t been set aside and measured yet. This is one of those recipes where an advanced mise en place really comes in handy. 
  • Watch the noodles closely. Once your noodles go into the skillet with the sauce, keep an eye on them, as egg noodles cook quickly and you don’t want them to turn into mush. 
  • Adjust your stroganoff sauce consistency as needed. The recipe written in the recipe card below will give you the creamiest sauce, but if it is thicker than you want, you can add a splash of beef broth to thin it out. And if it ends up being too thin, just continue to cook for a few minutes longer until it thickens, stirring often and keeping a close eye on it.
  • This dish can be prepared in the skillet with or without the noodles. You can prepare this dish in the skillet with or without the noodles. Some people prefer to cook and drain the noodles separately, then serve the stroganoff over them on the plate. If that’s easier for you, go for it! This method is especially useful if you plan to freeze leftovers, as I recommend freezing the stroganoff sauce without the noodles for the best texture.
  • Don’t add in your sour cream until the dish is off the stove. Sour cream will curdle if cooked over heat, so you will want to wait to add it to your hamburger stroganoff once you have finished cooking it and have taken it off the burner.

You Might Also Like

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you make your own easy Ground Beef Stroganoff Recipe following our recipe, I would greatly appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great way to support this website and help those planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the Foolproof Living community.

Ground beef stroganoff in a pot from the top view.
Print

Ground Beef Stroganoff Recipe

Our Ground Beef Stroganoff recipe is a quick, budget-friendly one-pan meal that’s hearty, comforting, and ready in 30 minutes. Made with hamburger meat, fresh mushrooms, and sour cream, it delivers a rich, savory stroganoff sauce perfect for busy weeknight dinners.
Course Weeknight Dinner
Cuisine American
Diet Halal
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 376kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 tablespoons olive oil divided
  • 1 pound ground beef 93%
  • ½ medium onion roughly chopped (about 1 cup)
  • 8 ounces baby bella mushrooms cleaned and thinly sliced (aka cremini mushrooms)
  • 3 cloves garlic finely minced
  • 2 tablespoons all-purpose flour or your favorite gluten free flour
  • 2 cups beef broth
  • 1 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon ground black pepper
  • ½ cup sour cream full-fat
  • 3 cups egg noodles uncooked (5 ounces)
  • 1 tablespoon fresh lemon juice or apple cider vinegar
  • 1 tablespoon fresh parsley minced

Instructions

  • Heat 1 tablespoon of olive oil in a large skillet or Dutch oven over medium-high heat until it shimmers.
  • Add 1 pound of ground beef and cook until browned, breaking it up as you cook to avoid large chunks, about 5 minutes. Transfer the now-cooked meat onto a platter using a slotted spoon and set it aside.
    Hamburger meat being sauteed in a skillet.
  • Continue with the pan on medium-high heat, adding the remaining tablespoon of olive oil. Add the ½ cup chopped onions and 8 ounces of sliced cremini mushrooms and saute until the liquid from the mushrooms has evaporated, about 6-8 minutes. Reduce the heat if needed to avoid burning. Add 3 cloves of minced garlic and saute for 30 seconds.
    Person adding garlic to mushroom sauce.
  • Sprinkle 2 tablespoons of all-purpose flour over the cooked vegetables and stir continuously for 30-45 seconds, until the flour turns golden brown.
  • Gradually pour in 2 cups of beef broth, stirring frequently to deglaze the pan (scraping the browned bits at the bottom) and incorporate the fond. Bring the mixture to a boil and cook until the sauce is thickened about 3-4 minutes.
    Flour and beef broth is added to the skillet.
  • Add the now-browned ground beef, 1 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce, 1 teaspoon kosher salt, and ½ teaspoon black pepper to the skillet. Give it a good stir.
  • Stir in 3 cups of egg noodles and simmer, covered, on low heat for 10 – 12 minutes until tender, stirring occasionally.
    The stages of cooking the recipe is shown from the top view.
  • Off the heat, stir in ½ cup sour cream and a tablespoon (or more to taste) lemon juice (or apple cider vinegar), if using. Adjust the seasoning to your desired taste.
    Sour cream added to the ground beef stroganoff in a skillet.
  • When ready to serve, sprinkle with 1 tablespoon of chopped fresh parsley.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes about 7-8 cups of ground beef stroganoff, which is ideal for six servings. The nutritional values below are per serving.
  • Storing leftovers: Bring leftovers to room temperature and store them in an airtight container in the refrigerator for 3-4 days. To reheat, place them in a large skillet over medium heat, adding a few splashes of water or broth if it is too thick.
  • A note on sour cream: For the creamiest texture, I recommend using full-fat sour cream, but a low-fat one can also be used. You can substitute cream cheese (by mixing 3-4 tablespoons with some of the liquid and adding it to the pan) for an even creamier taste. If you want a lighter alternative, while not traditional, you can use Greek yogurt, but keep in mind the taste will be tangier, and the texture will be less creamy.
 

Nutrition

Calories: 376kcal | Carbohydrates: 20g | Protein: 18g | Fat: 25g | Saturated Fat: 9g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 11g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 81mg | Sodium: 786mg | Potassium: 540mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 191IU | Vitamin C: 4mg | Calcium: 62mg | Iron: 3mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/ground-beef-stroganoff-recipe/feed/ 6
Marry Me Chicken Pasta https://foolproofliving.com/marry-me-chicken-pasta/ https://foolproofliving.com/marry-me-chicken-pasta/#respond Tue, 14 Jan 2025 15:17:24 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=79710 Our top chicken pasta recipes include classics such as Chicken Stroganoff and Chicken Bolognese, and this recipe for Marry Me…]]>

Our top chicken pasta recipes include classics such as Chicken Stroganoff and Chicken Bolognese, and this recipe for Marry Me Chicken Pasta is so simple, yet hearty, that it’s sure to become a timeless favorite among their ranks. 

The elevated finished dish, as you’ll see in the photos below, is also a worthy chicken pasta recipe for your next date night. With Valentine’s Day around the corner, be sure to bookmark this for your romantic menu.

One pan marry me chicken recipe with pasta garnished with basil leaves in a pan.

Ingredients and Substitutions

In this Marry Me Chicken Pasta recipe, you’ll be combining the ingredients from the main Marry Me Chicken recipe with your choice of pasta, and a luscious Marry Me pasta sauce. These basic ingredients can be easily sourced ahead of time from any mainstream grocer, allowing you to throw this impressive meal together in around 30 minutes on any busy weeknight. 

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Pasta: We found that the best pasta for Marry Me Chicken is penne pasta, as we feel it holds the sauce well. However, any short pasta, such as Fusilli or Cavatappi, would also work. For those looking for a gluten free version of this recipe, feel free to substitute in the GF pasta of your choice. 
  • Chicken: While boneless skinless chicken breasts are ideal for this Marry Me Chicken with pasta, you can also use boneless skinless chicken thighs if that’s your preference. Whichever one you choose, cut them into bite-sized pieces to make the cooking process faster.
  • All purpose flour: In this recipe, the flour is used as a thickening agent. If you are following a gluten free diet, any 1 to 1 gluten free flour will be an acceptable substitution.
  • Oil: Our Marry Me Chicken recipe with pasta uses olive oil and feels like a pleasantly decadent dish. If you’d like to swap in avocado oil, it will feel a little lighter and change the flavor slightly. And if you’d like to up the creaminess factor, swapping the olive oil out with ghee or unsalted butter will do the trick.
  • Garlic: In our recipe testing, we found that fresh garlic was best for the deep flavor we were seeking, but in a pinch, garlic powder can be used. 
  • Chicken Stock: In general, in our chicken and pasta recipes, we prefer to use homemade chicken stock, as the savory notes can’t be beat. However, you’re also welcome to use storebought chicken broth—just be sure you grab the low-sodium version. 
  • Heavy cream: Heavy cream makes the pasta sauce gorgeously creamy, however, if you’re looking for a lighter version of this dish, you may swap in half and half. Keep in mind, though, that the sauce made with half and half won’t be as thick as the heavy cream version.
  • Sundried tomatoes: This is the essential ingredient to bring out that irresistible umami flavor of this chicken and pasta recipe. You will get the most flavorful punch by using sundried tomatoes in oil (sold in jars)—just be sure to drain the oil before you use them in the recipe. While you can find sundried tomatoes in stores that are not in oil (usually sold in bags), we do not recommend you use them for this dish.
  • Parmesan cheese: I prefer to buy a block of Parmesan cheese and grate it myself to ensure maximum freshness and nutty, buttery flavors. However, you can also purchase pre-grated versions to cut down on prep time.
  • Herbs: We use a combination of both dried and fresh herbs for this recipe. Dried oregano and dried thyme are used in our Marry Me pasta sauce, and fresh basil is used to finish off the end dish at serving time. If you’d prefer to not use the individual dried herbs, you’re welcome to substitute in an Italian seasoning blend. 
  • Lemon juice: You may be tempted to skip the final step of squeezing in a little fresh lemon juice (watch those seeds!), but it’s actually a key ingredient. Fresh lemon juice really brightens up the flavors in our Marry Me pasta—you may even want to add a little more, depending on your taste.
  • Seasonings: Beyond the fresh and dried herbs, this recipe calls for a simple combo of Kosher salt and finely ground black pepper. Don’t mind a little heat? Then sprinkle in some red pepper flakes for an added pop.

How to Make Marry Me Chicken Pasta?

Weeknight dinners don’t have to be boring thanks to this easy pasta recipe. If you’re organized, this meal comes together in 30 minutes, so you can enjoy a plated dish that didn’t come from the freezer! Here are a few simple steps to accomplish this meal:

A collage of images showing how to cook pasta and prepare chicken for this recipe.
  1. Cook your pasta of choice. In a large pot, bring your salted water to a boil, add the pasta of your choosing, and cook it al dente, according to the package directions. Don’t forget to reserve ½ cup of pasta water for the pasta sauce. Then, drain the noodles and set them aside.  
  2. Prepare your chicken breasts. While the pasta is cooking, take out your uncooked chicken breasts and pat them dry. Cut each breast into 1-inch cubes, then place them in a bowl with Kosher salt, black pepper, and all-purpose flour. Toss the chicken cubes thoroughly to ensure they are well-coated in the mixture. 
A group of images showing how to cook chicken and make the sauce for marry me pasta.
  1. Saute the chicken. In a large skillet over medium-high heat, warm up 2 tablespoons of olive oil until it shimmers. Then, shaking off any excess flour, drop your chicken cubes into the skillet, being careful not to crowd them together. Depending on the size of your skillet, you may need to saute your chicken in two separate batches. Cook the chicken until the pieces are all lightly browned—about 2-3 minutes per side. Once they are cooked through, transfer them onto a plate, cover with foil, and set them aside.
  2. Prepare your Marry Me pasta sauce. In the same skillet, turn the heat down to medium-low, allowing it to cool off slightly. Then, add the remaining one tablespoon of olive oil and minced garlic. Saute, stirring constantly, for 30 seconds, or until fragrant. Slowly pour in the chicken stock and heavy cream, mix together evenly, then add in the sundried tomatoes. Allow the liquid to come to a low boil and simmer it for 2-3 minutes.
Person showing how to make the marry me chicken with pasta in a collage of photos.
  1. Add in the chicken. Take the still-warm chicken and add it to the sauce. You will want to simmer it for 3-4 minutes, stirring frequently, or until slightly thickened. At this point, it should still be quite thin, but if yours gets too thick, add in some reserved pasta water, one tablespoon at a time, until it reaches your desired consistency. Next, stir in the Parmesan cheese, oregano, thyme, lemon juice, and red pepper flakes, if using. Take a taste, and adjust the seasoning to your liking.
  2. Add the cooked pasta to the sauce. Once combined, allow the full dish to simmer for 3-4 minutes to ensure it is thoroughly warmed.
  3. Serve: Distribute the pasta evenly into bowls, topping with some additional Parmesan and torn fresh basil leaves.

Leftovers, Storage, and Reheating

While this easy Marry Me Chicken Pasta recipe doesn’t tend to have leftovers (in our experience, it was a second-helping kind of dish!), it’s simple enough to store any leftover pasta to enjoy again later. 

  • Storage: Before storing your Marry Me Chicken and Pasta, allow it to cool down and come to room temperature. You can then store it in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days.
  • Reheating: You can reheat the leftovers on the stovetop in a saucepan. You may need to add in a little water to loosen up the pasta sauce as it heats. 
  • Freezing: Sorry—this isn’t a dish that freezes well. We do not recommend that you freeze it.

Variations

This recipe, due to being composed of simple ingredients and instructions, lends itself easily to some alterations, depending on your dietary needs and/or preferences. Here are the most common ingredient swaps and additions that we came across as we were working on this recipe:

  • A Dairy-Free Marry Me Chicken and Pasta: If you’d like to remove the dairy in this recipe, you can use cashew cream in place of the heavy cream, vegan butter in place of the unsalted butter/ghee, and nutritional yeast in place of the Parmesan cheese. Please just note that in making these changes, while it will be dairy-free, you will ultimately be changing the flavor profile of the finished dish. 
  • Marry Me Chicken with Rotisserie Chicken: If you’re looking to streamline your cooking time, rotisserie chicken pasta definitely saves you some stovetop minutes. While the consistency of the dish will be altered, you can swap in the same quantity of rotisserie chicken in place of the chicken breast cubes. 
  • A High Protein Chicken Pasta: Looking to up the overall protein content of your dinner? You can easily make a high protein pasta sauce by using cottage cheese in a similar fashion to how we did in our Cottage Cheese Mac and Cheese. Note: just be careful not to overcook your pasta sauce if you’re adding cottage cheese. 
  • Add a handful of Spinach: Adding more greens is one way to make a bit healthier. You can do this by tossing a handful of spinach leaves into the finished pasta. The spinach also adds a pleasing pop of color alongside the fresh basil leaves. 
Marry me chicken pasta in a bowl with a spoon on the side.

What to Serve it With?

Beyond a crisp glass of white wine (because that’s our top pairing!), you can also pair this chicken and penne pasta recipe with a couple of side dish options to round out your dinner table. Here are our top suggestions:

  • A green salad: For a salad to complement the big flavors of this pasta dinner, we recommend keeping it simple with either our Spring Mix Salad or our Classic Caesar Salad
  • A vegetable side dish: The veggie we love most to savor alongside this iconic pasta is definitely asparagus. Try either our Sauteed Asparagus and Mushrooms or our Oven Baked Asparagus
  • Garlic bread: What is Marry Me Pasta without garlic bread? Truly, we think they shouldn’t be allowed to exist without one another! Our go-to is our Air Fryer Garlic Bread, which you can make while the pasta is cooking in 15 minutes!

FAQs

What is Marry Me Pasta Chicken?

Marry Me Chicken a viral recipe that gained massive popularity on social media, especially on TikTok. It features tender chicken simmered in a rich and creamy sun-dried tomato sauce. The name comes from the sauce’s indulgent flavor, said to be so irresistible it could inspire a marriage proposal. As Marry Me Chicken became a sensation, creative variations emerged, including this version with pasta. Over time, it has become so popular that many now refer to it as “Engagement Chicken Pasta.”

What type of pasta should I use?

We found that the best pasta for Marry Me Chicken is penne pasta, as we feel it holds the creamy sauce well. However, any short pasta such as Fusilli, rigatoni or Cavatappi would also work. For those looking for a gluten free version of this recipe, feel free to substitute in the GF pasta of your choice.

Other Pasta Recipes You Might Like

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you make your own Marry Me Chicken Pasta following our recipe, I would greatly appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great way to support this website and help those planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the Foolproof Living community.

Marry me chicken pasta in a bowl garnished with basil leaves.
Print

Marry Me Chicken Pasta Recipe

This Marry Me Chicken Pasta is not only the latest viral sensation on social media but also a modern-day comfort food classic—a 30-minute weeknight chicken and pasta dinner so irresistible it might just get you a proposal.
Course Weeknight Dinner
Cuisine American
Diet Halal
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 581kcal

Ingredients

For The Pasta:

  • 8 ounces pasta a short pasta like penne, fusilli or Cavatappi would all work
  • Water & salt

For The Chicken:

  • 1 ½ lbs chicken breasts boneless and skinless
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • 4 tablespoons all-purpose flour
  • 3 tablespoons olive oil divided
  • 3 cloves garlic minced finely or pressed
  • 2 cups chicken stock or storebought low sodium chicken broth
  • 1 cup heavy cream or half and half*
  • ½ cup sun-dried tomatoes packed in oil, drained, and finely chopped
  • cup Parmesan cheese plus more for topping
  • ¼ teaspoon dried oregano
  • ¼ teaspoon dried thyme
  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice
  • ½ teaspoon red pepper flakes optional
  • 1 tablespoon fresh basil torn

Instructions

  • Bring a large pot of salted water to a boil, add 8 ounces of dried pasta, and cook al dente according to the package directions. Reserve ½ cup of pasta water and drain. Set it aside.
  • While the pasta is cooking, pat dry and cut 1 ½ pounds chicken breasts into 1-inch cubes. Place it in a bowl with 1 teaspoon kosher salt, ½ teaspoon of black pepper, and 4 tablespoons of all-purpose flour. Toss to coat thoroughly.
  • Heat 2 tablespoons of olive oil in a large skillet over medium-high heat until it shimmers.
  • Place the prepared chicken, shaking off any excess flour, in the skillet, making sure not to overcrowd. You may need to saute in two batches. Cook until lightly golden browned, for 2-3 minutes per side, adjusting the heat as necessary to ensure they are evenly browned and register 165 degrees F when inserted with a meat thermometer. Transfer them onto a plate, cover with foil, and set aside.
  • Add the remaining one tablespoon of olive oil and 3 cloves of minced garlic in the now-empty skillet over medium heat. Saute, stirring constantly, for 30 seconds until fragrant.
  • Slowly pour 2 cups of chicken stock and 1 cup of heavy cream, then add ½ cup of sun-dried tomatoes. Stir, scraping the brown bits at the bottom of the skillet with a wooden spoon. Bring it to a boil and let it simmer for 2-3 minutes.
  • Add the reserved chicken and simmer for 3-4 minutes, stirring frequently until slightly thickened. At this point, it should still be quite thin, but if yours gets too thick, add a splash of the reserved pasta water (or one tablespoon at a time) until it reaches your desired consistency.
  • Stir in ⅔ cup Parmesan cheese, ¼ teaspoon of oregano, ¼ teaspoon of thyme, 2 tablespoons of lemon juice, and ½ teaspoon of red pepper flakes, if using. Taste and adjust seasoning.
  • Add the cooked pasta to the sauce and toss well to combine. Let it simmer for 3-4 minutes to warm thoroughly.
  • When serving, sprinkle with additional Parmesan and torn basil.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes about 7 cups of chicken and pasta, ideal for 6 normal servings or 4 generous servings. Below nutritional values are per serving of 6 servings.
  • Do not skip browning the chicken: This step of the recipe is imperative when it comes to depth of flavor. If you don’t brown your chicken as you saute it (which can happen from either crowding the chicken pieces in the skillet or not cooking them long enough), then you will miss out on the rich, caramelized crust that adds both flavor to the chicken and a savory base for the sauce.
  • The chicken must be cooked thoroughly in the sauteeing stage: When it comes time to add the chicken to the sauce, it must be cooked all the way through, as it will only be simmering in the pasta sauce for a short time before serving.
  • Don’t forget to reserve some pasta water before draining your noodles: We use the reserved pasta water to even out the consistency of the sauce as needed. You may not need all of it but it is good to have it as a backup. And I love this tip on an easy way to reserve pasta water.
  • Give the final dish a taste before serving: You may find yourself wanting to add a little bit more lemon juice than this recipe calls for, which adds a zesty brightness most people love.
  • Storing and reheating leftovers: Bring the pasta to room temperature and then store it in an airtight container for up to 3 days. To reheat, place the pasta and chicken in a large skillet and add a splash of chicken stock or water if the sauce is too thick.

Nutrition

Calories: 581kcal | Carbohydrates: 40g | Protein: 37g | Fat: 30g | Saturated Fat: 13g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 12g | Trans Fat: 0.01g | Cholesterol: 127mg | Sodium: 852mg | Potassium: 804mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 4g | Vitamin A: 896IU | Vitamin C: 14mg | Calcium: 186mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/marry-me-chicken-pasta/feed/ 0
Turkish Pasta https://foolproofliving.com/turkish-pasta/ https://foolproofliving.com/turkish-pasta/#comments Sat, 04 Jan 2025 17:34:16 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=79631 Growing up in Türkiye and making my fair share of Turkish recipes, this comforting Turkish pasta dish, known as kiymali makarna, was…]]>

Growing up in Türkiye and making my fair share of Turkish recipes, this comforting Turkish pasta dish, known as kiymali makarna, was one of my mom’s go-to weeknight dinners. So, when I came across Anna Paul’s TikTok video of her mom making it, I was instantly transported back to my childhood.

This dish is a simplified take on manti, the iconic Turkish dumplings known for their labor-intensive preparation. Making manti is usually a communal activity involving making the dough from scratch, filling it with spiced meat, and folding each piece by hand. It is a process that takes hours. This “cheat manti” (or sometimes referred to as “manti pasta”) offers the same bold and comforting flavors but in a fraction of the time, making it perfect for modern weeknight cooking.

Pasta Turkish garnished with dried mint and tomatoes from the front view.

Ingredients and Substitutions:

This dish is all about combining simple ingredients to create layers of flavor. While the list of ingredients may look long, there are plenty of options when it comes to substitutions. Below is what you’ll need:

Ingredients from the top view.
  • Pasta: I use farfalle, but other small pasta shapes like fusilli or penne would work. You can also use your gluten-free pasta if you are following a gluten-free diet. For a gluten-free option, use your favorite gluten-free pasta. While alternative pastas like chickpea or brown rice pasta can be used, note that their distinct flavors might slightly change the overall taste of the dish.
  • Ground beef: Lean ground beef (93%) works best for a lighter, flavorful meat sauce. You can also use ground lamb, turkey, or chicken, but keep in mind that each will bring a distinct flavor profile to the dish.
  • Yellow onion: You’ll need about a cup of finely chopped yellow onion. Any type of onion, like Walla Walla, Vidalia or even white onion would work.
  • Red Pepper Paste : Traditionally, this recipe uses mildly hot red pepper paste, which adds a unique depth of flavor. It’s readily available online (affiliate link). If you don’t have it on hand, tomato paste makes a great substitute.
  • Spices: You’ll need a combination of onion powder (to enhance the onion taste), ground cumin, sweet (or smoked) paprika, red pepper flakes (such as Aleppo or Urfa chili pepper), salt and black pepper.
  • Greek Yogurt: I like the thickness of plain Greek yogurt (as you can see in my Greek Yogurt Pasta Sauce recipe), but regular unsweetened plain yogurt would also work. Go for full-fat yogurt for the most delicious creamy sauce or low-fat for a lighter one.
  • Fresh Garlic: Use fresh garlic cloves for the signature garlicky taste. However, while not traditional, you can use garlic powder for a milder flavor.
  • Lemon Juice: Similar to my yogurt dressing recipe, a squeeze of lemon juice helps balance the strong garlic flavor.
  • Unsalted butter: You can use salted or unsalted butter, but if you go with the salted version, be sure to adjust the seasoning accordingly.
  • Kosher salt
  • Garnish: Though they are optional, the traditional Turkish pasta is sprinkled with a handful of dried mint and sumac. Alternatively, you can use chopped parsley and chili flakes, if you don’t mind the heat. I also added a handful of cherry tomatoes for some color, but they are also optional. 

How To Make Turkish Pasta?

At first glance, this recipe might seem to have many steps, but most of them can be done simultaneously, making the process quicker and more efficient. Here is how I do it:

A collage of images showing how to make the tiktok viral Anna Paul's Turkish pasta recipe.
  1. Cook the pasta: Bring a large pot of generously salted water to a boil. Add the pasta and cook according to the package instructions until al dente. Save half a cup of the cooking liquid, drain the pasta, and set it aside.
  2. Saute meat: While the pasta is cooking, add the ground meat in a large skillet (or a pan). In the viral TikTok video, Anna’s mom intentionally does not use olive oil, saying that the meat releases its oils as you saute it. Initially, I was a bit skeptical, but she was right. Still, if you feel like your meat can benefit from a little olive oil, feel free to use it.
  3. Cook with the spices and add the onion: Add the spices and cook, stirring constantly, for about 5 minutes, or until the meat is no longer pink. Then, add the diced onion and red pepper paste (or tomato paste) cook until softened. As you are sauteing, use the reserved pasta as needed, ensuring that the meat sauce maintains its moisture levels.
  4. Make the garlicky yogurt sauce: Whisk yogurt, minced garlic, lemon juice and kosher salt in a bowl until super creamy. Taste for seasoning and make sure it is seasoned according to your taste buds.
A collage of photos showing the butter sauce drizzle.
  1. Make the butter drizzle: I recommend making the butter drizzle right before serving. The process is super simple. Melt butter in a small saucepan and then stir in 1 teaspoon sweet paprika, ¼ teaspoon (or more) red pepper flakes and ½ teaspoon kosher salt. Cook until butter is fully melted and bubbly.
  2. Assemble: To serve, grab a pasta bowl. Place the cooked pasta at the bottom, spoon 4 tablespoons of the yogurt sauce on top followed by ⅔ cup of the cooked beef. Finish it with a drizzle (about one or two tablespoons) of the paprika butter sauce. Repeat the same process for the rest of the bowls.
  3. Garnish: If preferred, garnish with a handful of cherry tomatoes, a tablespoon of dried mint (or fresh parsley) and a teaspoon of sumac, if using. 

Make Ahead and Storage Tips:

While this dish is quick to assemble, you can save time by preparing some components in advance to assemble it in a flash. It also stores well, making for a flavorful lunch the next day. Here is how I do it:

  • Make Ahead: 
    • Meat sauce: Cook the meat and onion mixture, let it cool to room temperature, and store it in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 2 days.
    • Garlic yogurt sauce: Prepare the sauce and store it in a jar or airtight container in the fridge for up to 2 days.
    • On the day you plan to serve: Cook the pasta while reheating the meat sauce on the stovetop. Right before serving, make the chili butter sauce and assemble as written in the recipe.
  • Storage & Reheating: If you can, I recommend keeping each component of the leftovers separate in airtight containers in the fridge. When ready to serve, reheat the pasta, meat, and butter sauce and assemble as described in the recipe.
Cheat manti pasta recipe in a bowl with a fork on the side.

Helpful Tips:

  • Cooking onion: When I first saw the viral video, I was a bit skeptical about sauteing the onion after cooking the meat, but to my surprise, I found that this method preserves the onion flavor better, creating a distinct and delicious contrast, very similar to manti. It’s different from how my mom prepared it, but I really enjoyed the end result.
  • Spice levels: The spicy butter drizzle is a signature component of this recipe. While the recipe below is more on the milder side, feel free to up the amount of red pepper flakes if you love spicy food. The yogurt sauce beautifully balances the spiciness creating a harmonious flavor profile.
  • Let it sizzle: I’ve seen some people make the butter drizzle in the microwave. While I understand that it is convenient (and one last dish to wash), the butter drizzle is supposed to sizzle when drizzled. That is why, for the most authentic Turkish pasta experience, take the extra minute to melt and season the butter in a skillet. The sizzling adds a burst of aroma and flavor that truly elevates the dish.
  • Curry powder: In Anna Paul’s version of Turkish pasta, she adds a dash of curry powder. While you’re welcome to include it, I chose to omit it since curry powder isn’t traditionally used in manti. To stay true to the version I grew up eating, I opted for the classic spices instead.

Other Pasta Recipes You Might Like

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you make your own Turkish Pasta following our recipe, I would greatly appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great way to support this website and help those planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the Foolproof Living community.

Turkish pasta recipe being drizzled with the melted butter sauce.
Print

Turkish Pasta Recipe

The TikTok-viral Turkish Pasta recipe, made famous by Anna Paul, is a 30-minute wonder that's as delicious as it is easy. Made by layering cooked pasta with garlicky yogurt, spiced ground beef, and a chili butter drizzle, this recipe is easy to make, satisfying, and totally worthy of the hype.
Course Main Course – Pasta Dish
Cuisine Turkish
Diet Halal
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 563kcal

Ingredients

For The Pasta

  • 8 ounces pasta I use farfalle but any shape would work
  • Kosher salt

For The Meat Sauce

  • 1 lbs ground beef 93%
  • 1 medium size onion chopped (about 1 cup)
  • 1 tablespoon red pepper paste or tomato paste
  • 1 teaspoon onion powder
  • 1 teaspoon ground cumin
  • 2 teaspoons sweet paprika
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper

For The Garlic Yogurt Sauce

  • 1 cup Greek yogurt unsweetened plain (full fat or skim)
  • 2 cloves garlic minced
  • 1 tablespoon lemon juice
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt

For The Butter Sauce

  • 4 tablespoons unsalted butter
  • 1 teaspoon sweet paprika
  • ¼ teaspoon red pepper flakes or more to taste (such as Aleppo Pepper or Urfa Chili pepper)
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt

As Garnish (optional)

  • ½ cup cherry tomatoes cut in half
  • 4 tablespoons dried mint or fresh parsley
  • 2 tablespoons sumac optional

Instructions

  • Bring a large pot of water to a boil. Season the pasta water generously with salt. It should taste like the ocean. Add the pasta and cook until it is al dente. Timing might differ depending on the brand you use, so be sure to check the instructions on the packaging. Mine took about 9-10 minutes. Save ½ cup of the cooking liquid*, drain the pasta, and set it aside.
  • While the pasta is cooking, make the meat sauce. In a large skillet over medium heat, add 1 pound ground beef. Cook, breaking up the large chunks of meat with a wooden spoon for about 4-5 minutes or until it is no longer pink. As it cooks, it should release some of its oils.
  • Add the 1 medium-sized chopped onion, 1 tablespoon red pepper paste (or tomato paste), 1 teaspoon onion powder, 1 teaspoon ground cumin, 2 teaspoons sweet paprika, ½ teaspoon kosher salt, ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper. Cook, stirring regularly, until onions are softened and meat is fully cooked, for about 5-6 minutes. If needed, use the reserved pasta water to keep the sauteed meat moist. Set it aside.
  • To make the yogurt sauce, whisk together 1 cup of Greek yogurt, 2 cloves of minced garlic, 1 tablespoon of lemon juice, ½ teaspoon kosher salt in a bowl. Give it a taste and make sure it is seasoned to your liking. Set is aside.
  • Right before serving, melt 4 tablespoons butter in a small saucepan over medium heat. Add 1 teaspoon sweet paprika, ¼ teaspoon (or more) red pepper flakes and ½ teaspoon kosher salt. Stir and cook until butter is fully melted and bubbly.
  • To assemble, place the now-cooked pasta in a bowl. Top it off with 4 tablespoons of the yogurt sauce and ⅔ cup of the cooked beef. Drizzle it with a tablespoon (or more) of the butter sauce. Repeat the same process for the rest of the bowls.
  • If preferred, garnish with a handful of cherry tomatoes, a tablespoon of dried mint (or fresh parsley) and a teaspoon of sumac, if using. Serve.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes 4 servings. The nutritional values below are per serving.
  • Reserved liquid: I always save some of the pasta water in case my pasta dries out while I am working on the sauce. In this recipe, you (most likely) will not need it since we work simultaneously, but still, it is a good backup in case you need it.
  • No olive oil for sauteing the meat: I stayed true to the TikTok viral recipe by not using oil to saute the beef as the meat releases its oils as you cook it. Initially, I was a bit skeptical, but she was right. As long as you keep stirring, the meat will eventually release some of its oils and brown nicely. Still, if you feel your meat can benefit from a bit of olive oil, feel free to use it.
  • Storage & Reheating: Store each component of the leftovers separately in airtight containers in the fridge for up to 2 days. When ready to serve, reheat the pasta, meat, and butter sauce and assemble as described in the recipe.

Nutrition

Calories: 563kcal | Carbohydrates: 52g | Protein: 33g | Fat: 24g | Saturated Fat: 9g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 10g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 83mg | Sodium: 983mg | Potassium: 692mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 5g | Vitamin A: 1054IU | Vitamin C: 9mg | Calcium: 135mg | Iron: 5mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/turkish-pasta/feed/ 29
Cottage Cheese Mac and Cheese https://foolproofliving.com/cottage-cheese-mac-and-cheese/ https://foolproofliving.com/cottage-cheese-mac-and-cheese/#comments Mon, 28 Oct 2024 16:10:59 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=78662 Our current cultural craze is all about getting more protein. Knowing what a protein powerhouse cottage cheese is, it got…]]>

Our current cultural craze is all about getting more protein. Knowing what a protein powerhouse cottage cheese is, it got me wondering: Can you put cottage cheese in mac and cheese? Great news: Not only can you add protein to mac and cheese with cottage cheese, the actual cottage cheese cheese sauce comes together quickly in a blender and is ready in less than 30 minutes.

While the main instructions you’ll find below are for a stovetop version of this recipe, this cottage cheese macaroni and cheese can also be prepped ahead of time to be baked later in a casserole dish if you’d like to add it to your holiday menu. Not to worry—the baked version of this recipe is also included below.

Cottage cheese macaroni and cheese in a bowl from the top view.

Ingredients and Substitutions

This homemade mac and cheese with cottage cheese has an impressive depth of flavor for a dish with just a few simple ingredients:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Pasta: For our version of macaroni and cheese with cottage cheese, we selected the fun & familiar macaroni noodle that we all grew up eating. However, all pasta shapes are welcome as long as they’ll hold the sauce. And, if you have specific dietary needs/preferences, feel free to substitute gluten-free pasta (GF), chickpea pasta, or whole wheat pasta—they all adapt well to this recipe.
  • Cottage cheese: When adding cottage cheese to mac and cheese, I recommend that you go with the full 4% milkfat version. You can use a lower-fat version, but if you are like us and prefer a creamier dish, go for the 4% version.
  • Milk: The same goes here with the milk—I recommend choosing full fat regular milk for a luscious finished pasta. However, an equal amount of alternative dairy-free milk, like almond milk, can also be used.
  • Cheddar cheese: We used sharp cheddar cheese when testing this recipe. If you’d prefer a milder cheese flavor for your cottage mac and cheese, feel free to swap in gouda cheese in its place. 
  • Parmesan cheese: Take it from me—shredded parmesan cheese is essential to this cottage cheese mac and cheese recipe. Without it, the mac and cheese sauce with cottage cheese tasted a bit bland. The parmesan gives it the umami punch that will keep everyone reaching for second helpings.
  • Cornstarch: This helps to thicken your cottage cheese sauce. If you prefer arrowroot powder, you can swap that in instead.
  • Garlic: Garlic powder blends into the sauce evenly, which is what we used in our recipe trials. If you prefer the more intense flavor of fresh or roasted garlic, just be sure to mince or press it well before adding it to your blender. While it is not traditional, ½ teaspoon of onion powder can also be added if preferred.
  • Spices: Our cottage cheese mac and cheese recipe gets its traditional flavor with these three classic mac and cheese spices—paprika, nutmeg, and a touch of cayenne pepper. 
  • Veggies (optional): If you’d like to elevate your cottage cheese mac and cheese, feel free to mix in some cooked vegetables once the dish is complete, such as steamed broccoli, peas, or a handful of fresh baby spinach leaves.

How to Make Cottage Cheese Mac and Cheese?

This mac and cheese recipe with cottage cheese comes together in three simple steps: First, you cook the pasta. Then, you make your high-protein cheese sauce with cottage cheese. Finally, you mix the two components together. And, voilà! It’s just that easy in under 30 minutes. Here are the step-by-step instructions:

Steps showing how to cook pasta and make the cottage cheese mac and cheese sauce in a blender.
  1. Cook the pasta: Fill a medium saucepan with water and season generously with salt. Bring it to a boil and add the pasta to the boiling water. Cook until your noodles are al dente, following the timing on the package’s directions.
  2. Drain the water: First, reserve ½ cup of the pasta water, then drain the pasta into a strainer and set aside. Return the pot to the stove (no need to wash it.)
  3. Blend your cheese mixture: Next, blend cottage cheese, milk, cheddar cheese, Parmesan cheese, cornstarch, garlic powder, paprika, black pepper, nutmeg, and cayenne pepper in a high-speed blender or a food processor until smooth for about 30 to 40 seconds.
A collage of images showing how to cook mac n cheese with cottage cheese sauce.
  1. Cook your cottage cheese cheese sauce: Pour the blended sauce into the pot over medium-low heat. Using a wooden spoon, stir your sauce until it is slightly thickened, for about 1 to 1 ½  minutes. You will know that it’s ready when it coats the back of a spoon. Taste for seasoning, adding more flavor if you desire it. 
  2. Combine your pasta and sauce: Add the drained pasta back into the pot with the cottage cheese cheese sauce and stir to combine. Cook until the pasta is thoroughly warmed and coated with the cottage cheese mixture. Serve while still warm.

How to Bake it?

If you’re looking for a baked mac and cheese with cottage cheese recipe, then look no further. The baked version is a crowd-pleasing side dish for Thanksgiving, Christmas, or really any holiday potluck that you’re invited to. It can easily be adjusted as a baked version, and I’m going to show you how:

  1. Preheat the oven: Set the oven to 375 degrees F/190 degrees C. 
  2. Prepare your baking dish: Brush an 8X8 baking dish with 1 TBSP of butter.
A collage of images showing how to make baked mac and cheese cottage cheese.
  1. Pour in your cooked cottage cheese mac n cheese: Put the cooked pasta and sauce mixture into the buttered 8×8 baking dish. Add an extra 3 tablespoons of pasta water into the mix.
  2. Top your pasta: Sprinkle the top of the cottage cheese macaroni with an additional ½ cup of parmesan cheese first, then ½ cup of panko breadcrumbs (or regular bread crumbs).
  3. Bake: Put the baking dish in the oven for 15 minutes, or until the breadcrumbs have toasted. 
  4. Brown the top, if preferred: If you’d like the top of your baked pasta to have a crunchier texture, switch the oven to broil and leave in the oven for an additional two minutes.
Mac n cheese with cottage cheese in the pot being stirred by a person from the top view.

How To Make Ahead and Store and Reheat Leftovers?

  • Make Ahead: If you’re looking to make this recipe in advance of an event or holiday dinner, we recommend that you prepare the baked version that you see above. Just pour the pasta mixture into your baked dish, allow it to cool to room temperature, and then cover and refrigerate. On the day of, remove the covering and add the toppings before baking. 
  • Storage: If you made the stovetop version of this mac & cheese recipe with cottage cheese, you can store any leftovers in an airtight container and keep it in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. 
  • Reheating: To reheat macaroni and cottage cheese leftovers, place the pasta in a saucepan and warm it on low heat on the stovetop. If the sauce is too thick, you may have to add some water to get it back to its creamy texture.

What to Serve This Recipe?

Our mac n cheese recipe with cottage cheese is adaptable and satisfying as either a side dish or vegetarian main dish: 

Expert Tips

Thankfully, the process of making this high protein cottage cheese macaroni and cheese recipe is a straightforward one without much room for error. However, there are a few things that I’d like to mention for the best results:

  • Don’t leave the cottage cheese mac and cheese sauce unattended while it’s cooking: The sauce comes together quickly—truly, within minutes. Once your pasta is cooked and you start to warm your sauce, it will thicken and be ready for the macaroni to be stirred in shortly.
  • Use full-fat dairy products: For the ultimate creamy, dreamy, high-protein mac n cheese, you’ll need to use full-fat regular milk and 4% cottage cheese. Trust me on this one. Skim just doesn’t cut it in this recipe. 
  • Cooking the cottage cheese cheese sauce in the saucepan before adding the pasta is very important: Because the cottage cheese mixture contains cornstarch as a thickening agent, it needs a few minutes to cook so that it blends in, thickens, and becomes “invisible,” flavor-wise. You don’t want to be able to taste the cornstarch!
  • Use water to adjust your sauce’s texture: If your blended cottage cheese mac and cheese is too thick, adding a small bit of the reserved pasta water to the mix will thin it out. 
  • Mind your salt: Because we are adding salt to our pasta water and using salty cheeses such as sharp cheddar and parmesan, you will notice that we did not include any additional salt in the recipe for our homemade protein mac and cheese. Please adjust and add salt according to your own taste.
  • Broiling browns the top of the baked macaroni and cheese with cottage cheese: We noticed in our testing of the baked version of this recipe that simply baking didn’t brown the breadcrumbs sufficiently. If you’d like that crunchy, browned top, be sure to broil it for 1 minute once it has finished baking.
Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you make your own Cottage Cheese Mac and Cheese following our recipe, I would greatly appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great way to support this website and help those planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the Foolproof Living community.

Cottage cheese macaroni and cheese in a pot from the top view.
Print

Cottage Cheese Macaroni and Cheese Recipe

This Cottage Cheese Mac and Cheese Recipe is our guilt-free alternative to traditional mac and cheese that is lower in calories, higher in protein, and doesn’t sacrifice the signature creamy deliciousness of the original dish. The cottage cheese sauce comes together easily in a blender and the whole dish is ready in less than 30 minutes. This recipe can be made on the stovetop, or as a baked version by following a few additional instructions below.
Course Side Dish
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 20 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 461kcal

Ingredients

  • 8 ounces pasta elbow macaroni
  • 1 cup cottage cheese 4% milk fat
  • ½ cup regular whole milk
  • 4 ounces sharp cheddar cheese shredded
  • 2 ounces Parmesan cheese shredded
  • 1 tablespoon cornstarch
  • ½ teaspoon garlic powder
  • ¼ teaspoon paprika
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • pinch nutmeg
  • pinch cayenne pepper optional

Instructions

  • Bring a pot of generously salted water to a boil in a medium-sized pot. Add the pasta and cook according to package directions until al dente. Reserve ½ cup of the pasta water, then drain the pasta. Return the pot to the stove (no need to wash it.)
  • Meanwhile, place the cottage cheese, milk, cheddar cheese, Parmesan cheese, cornstarch, garlic powder, paprika, black pepper, nutmeg, and cayenne pepper in a blender or a food processor. Blend until smooth for about 30 to 40 seconds.
  • Pour the cottage cheese mixture into the pot and turn the heat to medium-low. Using a wooden spoon, stir until slightly thickened, for about 1 to 1 ½ minutes. It should be ready if it coats the back of a spoon. The sauce thickens very fast so do not leave it unattended. If it thickens too much you can thin it out using the reserved pasta water.
  • Taste for seasoning and add more salt and pepper, if needed.
  • Add the now-drained pasta into the pot and stir to combine. Cook until pasta is thoroughly warmed and coated with the cottage cheese mixture.
  • Serve while still warm.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes about 5 cups of macaroni and cottage cheese ideal for 4 generous servings. The nutritional values are per serving.
  • Baked Version: To make baked macaroni and cheese with cottage cheese, you will need 1 tablespoon of unsalted butter, 1/2 cup of panko breadcrumbs, and 1/2 cup (additional) shredded parmesan cheese. Below are the step by step instructions:
    • Preheat the oven to 375 degrees F/190 degrees C.
    • Brush a 8X8 baking dish with butter.
    • Follow the recipe as written. Instead of serving, incorporate three tablespoons of the pasta water into the mac and cheese mixture.
    • Place the cottage cheese mac and cheese into the buttered dish.
    • Sprinkle with parmesan cheese and then panko breadcrumbs. Bake for 15 minutes or until breadcrumbs have toasted.
  • Make Ahead: If you’re planning to make this recipe in advance of an event or holiday dinner, we recommend that you prepare the baked version. Simply pour the pasta mixture into your baked dish, bring it to room temperature, and then cover and refrigerate. On the day of, remove the covering and add the toppings before baking as written above.
  • Storage and reheating instructions for the stovetop version: Any leftovers can be stored in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. You can reheat in a sauce pan with a splash of water over medium-low heat until heated through.

Nutrition

Calories: 461kcal | Carbohydrates: 49g | Protein: 26g | Fat: 17g | Saturated Fat: 9g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 4g | Cholesterol: 51mg | Sodium: 593mg | Potassium: 271mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 5g | Vitamin A: 580IU | Vitamin C: 0.01mg | Calcium: 462mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/cottage-cheese-mac-and-cheese/feed/ 2
Mexican Street Corn Pasta Salad https://foolproofliving.com/mexican-street-corn-pasta-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/mexican-street-corn-pasta-salad/#comments Sun, 02 Jun 2024 17:12:10 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=25252 If you are a fan of the flavors of elote, one of the most popular Mexican street foods, you have…]]>

If you are a fan of the flavors of elote, one of the most popular Mexican street foods, you have come to the right place! We have already shared Mexican Street Corn On The Cob, Mexican Street Corn Salad with Avocado, Air Fryer Elotes, Mexican Street Corn Soup and Elote Dip. This Mexican street corn pasta recipe is the newest addition to the collection.

A person is drizzling the elote pasta salad with chili lime dressing.

While I usually make this street corn macaroni salad during the summer months when sweet corn is in season, you can also make it using canned or frozen corn during the cooler months (i.e., during the football season and Cinco de Mayo celebrations). In this post, we cover everything you need to know, including ingredient substitutions, variations, making it with grilled (or sauteed) corn, and expert tips to guide you through the process.

Ingredients for Mexican Pasta Salad with Chili Lime Dressing:

The ingredients list for this pasta corn salad consists of a mix of fresh and store-bought ingredients. You will need two sets of ingredients: First, for the salad and second, for the chili lime dressing: 

For The Salad:

  • Sweet corn on the cob: You can make this salad by cooking the corn on the grill (or using a grill pan), sauteeing it in a skillet, or even cooking it in an air fryer. Our recipe below covers both methods of cooking. However, during the cooler months, when corn is not in season, you can use canned or frozen corn as well. 
  • Oil: You can use any vegetable oil, like olive oil or avocado oil, but unsalted butter would also work.
  • Pasta: When making pasta salads, my favorite pasta shapes are fusilli, farfalle(bow-tie pasta), or cellentani. However, any pasta shape that can hold onto the dressing and mix well with other ingredients in the recipe would work here. If you are following a gluten-free diet, you can also use your favorite gluten-free pasta.
  • Jalapeno pepper: If you like the heat, keep the seeds on. If not, remove them before chopping the pepper into small pieces. Alternatively, you can use bell peppers if you prefer a milder flavor.
  • Onion: I used red onion, but green onions would also work for a lighter flavor. If you have them on hand, my Mexican pickled onions would also be a great addition.
  • Cilantro: Chopped fresh cilantro is a classic ingredient in any Mexican corn recipe, but if you are not a fan, you can use other fresh herbs like parsley or omit using it.
  • Cheese: The authentic elote recipe uses cotija cheese, so we used that, but you can also use queso fresco, shredded cheddar, or even crumbled feta cheese in a pinch.
Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.

For The Dressing:

  • Mayonnaise: Use a brand you like or make it at home
  • Sour cream: If you can find it, you can use Mexican crema (aka Mexican sour cream) instead of sour cream. 
  • Seasonings: I used a small amount of chili powder to complement the smoky and charred flavors of the corn, but it is optional. You will also need salt and pepper to season the recipe. If preferred, a cayenne pepper can also be added for some heat.
  • Lime zest and Lime Juice: I highly recommend using freshly squeezed lime juice for the freshest flavors.

Optional Additions:

  • Cherry tomatoes: While it is not traditional, a handful of cherry tomatoes would be a lovely addition and make this grilled corn pasta salad a true summer salad. 
  • Garlic: A clove of minced garlic can be added to the creamy dressing, if preferred. If you prefer a lighter (less pungent) alternative, you can use a teaspoon of garlic powder as well.
  • Black Beans: Again, it is not traditional, but adding a can of drained and rinsed black beans would make this even more wholesome and filling.
  • Avocado: If you are an avocado lover, add a cubed ripe avocado to take this  Mexican corn pasta salad to the next level.
  • Grilled chicken: You can turn this sweet corn pasta salad into a delicious summer meal by adding some grilled chicken on top.

How To Make Mexican Street Corn Pasta Salad?

While I prefer using grilled corn, you can make this street corn macaroni salad by sauteeing corn kernels in a skillet. Below are the steps to making it both ways:

Steps showing how to make elote pasta salad.
  1. Cook corn:
    1. Grill Corn: Heat a gas grill to 400 degrees F. Peel back the husks of the corn and remove the silk. Brush them with the oil on all sides. Place them on the grill and cook for about 15-20 minutes, until lightly charred, turning them every 5 minutes to ensure even cooking. Let it cool for a few minutes, and then cut the corn kernels from the cob using a sharp knife.
    2. In a skillet: Heat a tablespoon of olive oil (or butter) in a large skillet over medium-high heat. Using a sharp knife, remove the corn kernels from the cob. Transfer them to the skillet and cook for 8-10 minutes or until slightly caramelized and charred in spots.
  2. Cook the pasta: Meanwhile, season a big pot of water with a generous amount of salt and bring it to a boil. Add the pasta and cook until al dente, following the package instructions. Drain and set aside. You can reserve some pasta water just in case, but during our recipe testing, we didn’t think that it was necessary. Transfer the now-cooked pasta to a large bowl. Add the now-cooked corn into the same bowl.
  3. Make the chili lime dressing: In a small bowl, whisk together mayo, sour cream, chili powder, lime juice, salt, and pepper. Taste and adjust your seasonings as necessary, keeping in mind that the cotija cheese for garnish is slightly salty!
Steps showing how to assemble Mexican pasta salad with corn recipe.
  1. Assemble the salad: Drizzle the dressing over the corn and pasta and toss to ensure they are evenly coated. Add in the jalapenos, onion, and cilantro. Stir to combine and garnish with chopped cilantro, if using. Taste your elote corn pasta salad for seasoning and add more if necessary.

Serving Suggestions:

You can serve this grilled corn pasta salad by itself for a delicious pasta lunch or as a side dish with many of your vegetarian and meat dishes. Below are a few of my favorite dishes that you can pair it with:

  • Grilled seafood: The light and smokey flavors of Grilled Shrimp complement the creamy, spicy flavors of the salad. However, if you are feeding a crowd, you can also try my Grilled Sockeye Salmon for a well-rounded meal.
  • Tacos: The robust flavors of Grilled Flank Steak Tacos pair beautifully with this Mexican corn side dish, making it a summer feast. But if I am serving this salad during the cooler months, I pair it with my Slow Cooker Brisket Tacos for a meal that is perfect for a crowd.

Other Mexican recipes you might like:

If you make this Easy Mexican Street Corn Pasta Salad recipe, I would appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great way to support this website and help those planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the Foolproof Living community.

Mexican street corn pasta salad in a bowl from the top view.
Print

Mexican Street Corn Pasta Salad Recipe

This Mexican Street Corn Pasta Salad is bursting with the flavors of fresh summer corn, jalapenos, red onion, and a creamy chili lime dressing. Ready in just 30 minutes, it's the perfect dish for feeding a crowd!
Course Side Dish
Cuisine Mexican
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 353kcal

Ingredients

For The Corn:

  • 1 tablespoon vegetable oil or melted butter
  • 6 ears corn – Husks removed – approximately 4 ½ to 5 cups of corn kernels or frozen or canned corn (see notes below)
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper

For the Pasta:

  • 8 oz. dry uncooked pasta such as fusilli and farfalle (bowtie pasta)

For The Creamy Dressing:

  • ¼ cup mayonnaise
  • 3 tablespoons sour cream or Mexican crema
  • ½ teaspoon chili powder
  • 1 teaspoon lime zest from one lime (optional)
  • ¼ cup lime juice freshly squeezed from 1 ½ to 2 limes
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper

For The Salad:

  • 2 medium jalapeno seeded and sliced/chopped
  • ½ cup red onion chopped finely
  • ¼ cup fresh cilantro chopped – more to use as garnish
  • ½ cup cotija cheese crumbled

Instructions

  • When it comes to cooking the corn, you have two options:
    Grill Corn: Heat a gas grill to 400 degrees F. Peel back the husks of the corn and remove the silk. Brush them with the oil on all sides. Place them on the grill and cook for about 15-20 minutes, until lightly charred, turning them every 5 minutes to ensure even cooking. Let it cool for a few minutes, and then cut the corn kernels from the cob using a sharp knife.
    Cook it in a skillet: Heat a tablespoon of olive oil (or butter) in a large skillet over medium-high heat. Using a sharp knife, remove the corn kernels from the cob. Transfer them to the skillet and cook for 8-10 minutes or until slightly caramelized and charred in spots.
  • Cook the pasta: While the corn is cooling, season a big pot of water with a generous amount of salt and bring it to a boil. Add the pasta and cook until al dente, following the package instructions. Drain and set aside. Transfer the now-cooked pasta to a large bowl.
  • Add the now-cooked corn into the same bowl.
  • Make the Mexican Corn Dressing (Chili Lime Dressing): In a small bowl, whisk together mayo, sour cream, chili powder, lime juice, lime zest, salt, and pepper. Taste and adjust seasonings as necessary, keeping in mind that the cotija cheese for garnish is slightly salty.
  • Assemble the roasted corn pasta salad: Drizzle the dressing over the corn and pasta and toss to ensure they are evenly coated. Add in the jalapenos, onion, and cilantro. Stir to combine and garnish with chopped cilantro, if using. Taste your elote corn pasta salad for seasoning and add more if necessary.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes about 6-8 cups of pasta salad (the shape of the pasta you are using will change the volume), which is ideal for 6 servings. The nutritional values below are per serving.
  • What if I don’t have fresh corn? While I am a big fan of any pasta salad with fresh corn, to make this recipe year-round and still get that sweet corn flavor, you can use canned or frozen corn in place of the fresh. If you decide to do so, you can use:
    • Canned corn: For this recipe, you will need 3 (15 oz) cans of drained and rinsed corn.
    • Frozen corn kernels: You will need three (10 oz) bags. I like this option because the corn kernels are already off the cob, which saves you a step. Even better, there is no need to thaw. Simply add 1-2 minutes extra cooking time when sauteing the frozen corn in a skillet.
  • Be sure to salt the pasta water: Salting the cooking water allows the pasta to absorb some salt as it cooks, enhancing its flavor from the inside out so do not skip this step.
  • Toss while it is still warm: I know it’s tempting to add everything to the bowl and simply drizzle with dressing, but we’ve discovered that tossing the dressing with the corn and pasta while they’re still slightly warm allows them to better absorb the tangy, spicy flavors.
  • Serve it cold or warm: Like most pasta salads, this Mexican corn pasta salad can be served at room temperature, warm or cold. 
  • Make-Ahead: You can make this fresh corn pasta salad a day in advance. Simply assemble the pasta salad, but do not garnish with the cotija cheese or cilantro. Bring it to room temperature and store it in an airtight container. On the day you are going to serve, give it another gentle toss and let it come to room temperature. Add the cotija cheese and cilantro right before serving.
  • To Store Leftovers: Bring your Mexican pasta salad to room temperature and transfer it to an airtight container. As long as it is kept in the fridge, it should be good for up to 4 days.

Nutrition

Calories: 353kcal | Carbohydrates: 49g | Protein: 10g | Fat: 14g | Saturated Fat: 6g | Cholesterol: 14mg | Sodium: 605mg | Potassium: 386mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 8g | Vitamin A: 403IU | Vitamin C: 16mg | Calcium: 81mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/mexican-street-corn-pasta-salad/feed/ 26
Greek Yogurt Pasta Sauce https://foolproofliving.com/greek-yogurt-pasta-sauce/ https://foolproofliving.com/greek-yogurt-pasta-sauce/#comments Thu, 09 May 2024 15:35:36 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=75139 Ingredients You’ll Need While you’ll find the full ingredient list and exact measurements in the recipe card below, here are…]]>

The Art of Using Greek Yogurt in Savory Recipes

Aysegul Sanford from the front view.

When I first moved to the US over 20 years ago, my friends would tease me for adding plain yogurt to almost everything. Growing up in Türkiye, that was just how we ate. 

I still can’t imagine a savory meal without a scoop of yogurt on the side.

While the US has finally embraced yogurt as a breakfast staple, there is a whole world of savory possibilities for this ingredient. And let me tell you, we haven’t even scratched the surface of what it can do.

This Greek Yogurt Pasta Sauce is the perfect place to start.

Here is why this recipe works where others fail:

  • Room-temperature ingredients are key: I know it’s tempting to grab the yogurt right out of the fridge when you’re in a hurry, but please take the chill off first! If you drop ice-cold yogurt into a hot pan, it basically “panics” and seizes up, which is how you end up with that grainy, separated mess. Just let all your ingredients sit on the counter for 10-15 minutes while the water boils. Giving it a little head start at room temperature is the easiest way to guarantee your sauce stays nice and silky.
  • Low & controlled heat is key to preventing curdling: Many creamy sauces require a rolling boil to thicken and become creamy. Yogurt, however, is prone to curdling because it has a lower fat-to-protein ratio than heavy cream. The “secret” here is to keep the heat low and only warm the sauce until it’s silky and combined.
  • The Umami Balance: While you can mimic the texture, you often run into a taste issue. Greek yogurt is naturally tangy, and it can be overwhelming on its own. My solution here is Parmesan cheese. I use it not only to tame the tangy flavor of yogurt but also to round out its acidity with its salty umami notes. This is why I can confidently say this sauce is a good alternative to a rich, creamy traditional Alfredo.
  • Starch as the Emulsifier: Instead of using a roux or flour, we use starchy pasta water to bind the yogurt and cheese. This way, the sauce won’t slide off the pasta or separate.
  • A “Lighter” Decadence: You get a similar, satisfying mouthfeel to a traditional cream sauce, with a protein boost and none of the heavy feeling afterward.
Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

Ingredients You’ll Need

While you’ll find the full ingredient list and exact measurements in the recipe card below, here are a few helpful notes to keep in mind as you gather everything.

Flat lay of ingredients for Greek yogurt pasta sauce including fettuccine, a bowl of yogurt, garlic cloves, and fresh parsley on a marble surface.

Pasta: I usually reach for a long pasta (like fettuccine and spaghetti), as it pairs well with creamy sauces, but any pasta you enjoy will work.

However, penne or similar shapes work just as well. If you are following a gluten-free diet, feel free to use your favorite gluten-free pasta. And for a veggie-packed option, my zucchini noodles are also a great alternative.

Greek yogurt: Be sure to use plain, full-fat Greek yogurt and let it come to room temperature before starting. Low-fat or nonfat yogurt is more likely to curdle and doesn’t have the same silky consistency because it doesn’t have enough fat.

Short on time? I get it, if you are making it for a quick weeknight dinner, it is likely that you won’t have the time to take out the yogurt in advance. A good shortcut is to put the yogurt in a jar and soak it in a bowl of warm water for 5 minutes.

Butter: I use unsalted butter so I can control the seasoning more precisely. Olive oil can also be used, but I prefer the depth of flavor you get with butter.

Garlic: Fresh garlic is best for this recipe. Peel and mince it finely so it softens quickly without browning. For a lighter garlic flavor, you can use ¾ to 1 teaspoon garlic powder.

Parmesan cheese: Pick up a block of Parmigiana Reggiano (and grate it yourself) or buy the grated cheese containers near the cheese section. Pecorino Romano can be a great substitute if need be.

Red pepper flakes (optional): A small pinch adds a gentle heat; you can leave them out if you prefer a milder dish.

Nutmeg (optional): If you are making this as an Alfredo sauce alternative, add a pinch of nutmeg to mimic the classic Alfredo sauce.

How to Make Greek Yogurt Pasta Sauce

Making this pasta sauce with Greek yogurt recipe is simple and takes no more than 20 minutes from start to finish. 

The key is gentle heat and a little patience when warming the yogurt. Here’s how I make it:

Side by side image showing fettuccine boiling in a pot and a hand reserving a cup of starchy pasta water for the sauce.

Step 1 – Cook the pasta: Start by bringing a large pot of generously salted water to a boil. Add the pasta and cook according to the package directions until al dente, about 12 to 14 minutes. 

Pro Tip: Your pasta should have a slight bite. If you cook it too long, it will likely get mushy when mixed with the sauce.

Step 2 – Reserve the pasta water: Before draining, carefully reserve 1 cup of the pasta cooking water (you won’t need all of it, but it’s good to have extra). 

This starchy water is essential for loosening the sauce later and helping it coat the pasta smoothly. Drain the cooked pasta and set it aside.

Two-panel image showing garlic sautéing in butter and shredded Parmesan cheese being whisked into a creamy Greek yogurt base.

Step 3 – Sauté the garlic: Return the now-empty pot to the stove and melt the butter over medium-low heat. Add the minced garlic and cook for about 1-2 minutes, just until fragrant. Adjust the heat as needed to avoid burning the butter or garlic.

Step 4 – Make the yogurt sauce: Reduce the heat to very low. Add the full-fat, room-temperature Greek yogurt and Parmesan cheese. Stir constantly for 1-2 minutes, just until the yogurt is gently warmed and the cheese has fully melted.

Do not let the sauce simmer, boil, or bubble. The yogurt should warm slowly. Add the reserved pasta water gradually, 1 tablespoon at a time, stirring continuously, until the sauce loosens and reaches your desired consistency. This starchy water is what helps emulsify the yogurt and cheese into a velvety sauce that clings to the noodles.

Pro Tip: This process, adding warm pasta water gradually into cool yogurt, is called tempering, and it is critical to making this recipe work. If you add it in large quantities without whisking, the proteins in the sauce will “panic,” and your yogurt pasta sauce will likely curdle.

This is also a good time to season with salt and black pepper to taste.

A collage of images showing cooked fettuccine being tossed in yogurt sauce and the final garnished pasta in the pot.

Step 5 – Add the pasta to the yogurt sauce: Add the drained pasta to the pot and gently toss with kitchen tongs until all the noodles are evenly coated with the sauce.

Step 6 – Garnish and serve: Transfer the pasta to a serving bowl and finish with chopped fresh parsley, red pepper flakes (if using), and extra Parmesan cheese. Serve while it is still warm.

A large bowl of creamy fettuccine made with a Greek yogurt pasta sauce, topped with fresh parsley and red pepper flakes.

Troubleshooting Greek Yogurt Pasta Sauce

If you follow this yogurt sauce for pasta recipe as written, you should not run into any issues. That said, if something looks off, here are a few ways to fix things:

How to fix a broken sauce?: Remove the pan from the heat and whisk in a small amount of additional Greek yogurt, about 1 tablespoon, until the sauce comes back together.

Sauce looks grainy: This usually means the heat was too high. Lower the heat and continue stirring gently. The sauce should be warmed through, not cooked for a long time or allowed to bubble.

It’s too thick. How do I thin it out?: Add more reserved pasta water, no more than 1 tablespoon at a time, stirring well between each addition until the sauce loosens to your liking.

Greek yogurt alfredo sauce mixed with cooked noodles in a bowl from the top view.
Print

Greek Yogurt Pasta Sauce Recipe

This creamless Greek yogurt pasta sauce is silky-smooth and ready in just 20 minutes. It's a protein-packed alternative to Alfredo that uses a simple trick; slowly whisking in warm pasta water-to keep the yogurt from curdling at low heat. A budget-friendly, five-ingredient meal that feels fancy but is easy enough for a busy weeknight.
Course Dinner, Vegetarian Pasta
Cuisine Mediterranean
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 20 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 375kcal

Ingredients

  • 8 ounces fettuccine pasta or other pasta, such as spaghetti
  • 2 tablespoons unsalted butter
  • 3 cloves garlic peeled and minced
  • 1 cup plain whole milk Greek yogurt at room temperature
  • cup shredded parmesan cheese plus more as garnish
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt plus more for the pasta cooking water
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper
  • ½ cup parsley roughly chopped
  • 1/8 teaspoon red pepper flakes optional

Instructions

  • Bring a large pot of generously salted water to a boil and cook the pasta according to the package directions to al dente, about 12-14 minutes.
  • Reserve 1 cup pasta water then drain the pasta. We won't need all of it, but it is good to have enough. Set aside.
  • Place the now-empty pot on the stove. Add the butter and melt over medium heat.
  • Whisk in the garlic and cook for 1 minute or until translucent. Lower the heat, if needed, to avoid browning.
  • While still on low heat, add in the Greek yogurt and parmesan cheese. Cook, stirring constantly, for a minute or two just until the yogurt is warmed through and the cheese is melted. Add the reserved pasta water as needed, 1 tablespoon at a time, to thin and smooth out the sauce.
  • Season the sauce with salt and pepper. Taste and adjust seasoning.
  • Add the drained pasta to the pot and gently toss to ensure all the pasta is coated with the sauce.
  • Transfer to a serving bowl and top with parsley, parmesan cheese and red pepper flakes, if preferred. Serve!

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe yields about 2 cups of pasta sauce, which, when mixed with cooked pasta, serves 4 adults. The nutritional values below are per serving. 
  • Use full-fat yogurt: This recipe requires thick, whole-milk Greek yogurt, so I do not recommend substituting it with regular yogurt. The proper fat-to-protein ratio and warming it over low heat prevent the sauce from curdling.
  • Storage: Store leftovers in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days.
  • Reheat: Gently warm it in a large skillet or pan on the stovetop over low heat, stirring frequently. The sauce will thicken as it sits in the fridge, so add a splash of water to restore it to a smooth consistency.
  • Optional mix-ins: This sauce is a great base for added vegetables. To keep it quick, sauté a handful of baby spinach or sliced mushrooms in a bit of olive oil in the pot before starting Step 3, then set them aside. Once your pasta and sauce are combined, simply fold the veggies back in for an easy veggie-packed pasta dish.

Nutrition

Calories: 375kcal | Carbohydrates: 46g | Protein: 19g | Fat: 13g | Saturated Fat: 7g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 3g | Trans Fat: 0.3g | Cholesterol: 80mg | Sodium: 909mg | Potassium: 295mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 3g | Vitamin A: 1007IU | Vitamin C: 11mg | Calcium: 240mg | Iron: 2mg

How to Store and Reheat

Here are my best tips for storing and reheating this creamy yogurt-based pasta sauce:

  • Storage: Store any leftovers in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. 
  • Reheating: Gently reheat the pasta on the stovetop over low heat, stirring frequently. Add a splash of water as needed to loosen the sauce and restore its smooth consistency. Do your best to avoid letting it simmer for too long or boil.
  • Microwave: I do not recommend reheating this sauce in the microwave on high heat, as it can cause the yogurt to separate. If you do use the microwave, reheat in short 15-20 second intervals at low power, stirring in between.
  • Freezing: You can technically freeze Greek yogurt sauces, but I do not recommend it. If you have to, then be sure to store the pasta sauce separately, as cooked pasta loses its texture when thawed.

What to Serve With This Recipe

So you made this Greek yogurt pasta sauce and mixed it with some spaghetti, and now you want to turn it into a whole meal? Well, I am glad you asked because I have a few great suggestions:

Other Savory Yogurt Recipes

If you enjoy cooking with yogurt in savory dishes, there are so many delicious ways to use it beyond pasta sauce.

Below are a few yogurt-based recipes that I think you’ll enjoy:

  • Five-minute Creamy Salad Dressing (or Sauce): This Greek Yogurt Dressing is creamy, easy to make, and comes together in less than 5 minutes. It tastes better than store-bought dressing and is delicious drizzled over salads, grain bowls, or roasted vegetables.
  • The most loved Turkish Breakfast: If there is one dish that instantly takes me back to my childhood, it’s Turkish Eggs. Silky poached eggs are served over garlicky yogurt and finished with a warm chili butter sauce.
  • Tangy Meal Prep Solution: This Greek Yogurt Chicken Marinade is bright, tangy, and incredibly versatile. Made with Greek yogurt, lemon, and fresh herbs, it works beautifully whether you grill, bake, or pan-cook the chicken.
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/greek-yogurt-pasta-sauce/feed/ 9
Baked Ziti With Eggplant https://foolproofliving.com/baked-ziti-roasted-eggplant/ https://foolproofliving.com/baked-ziti-roasted-eggplant/#comments Mon, 08 Apr 2024 13:27:21 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=13594 If you have been following me for a while, you know my love for eggplant. Over the years of writing…]]>

If you have been following me for a while, you know my love for eggplant. Over the years of writing recipes for this website, I have shared plenty of delicious and Simple Eggplant Recipes. This easy eggplant-baked ziti is the newest to the collection. It takes cues from my Baked Eggplant Parm, and it is just as comforting.  So, if you are a fan of Italian classics with eggplant, read on.

And if you are in need of more vegetarian eggplant recipes for dinner, also check out my Easy Ratatouille recipe.

Baked ziti with eggplant garnished with basil from the top view.

Ingredients

This pasta recipe is made with simple ingredients that are easy to find at the grocery store but most of which you probably already have on hand. Gather together:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Eggplant: When selecting eggplants for this recipe, prioritize finding medium-sized ones with a shiny, dark purple exterior. Among the various types of eggplants available, I think globe, Italian, or graffiti eggplants are best suited for this eggplant ziti bake. You’d want to cut them into 1 to 1 ½ inch cubes for best results. If you are new to using eggplant in your cooking, be sure to check out my detailed post on How to Cut Eggplant for more information.
  • Olive oil: Go for extra-virgin olive oil for the best flavor.
  • Seasonings: A simple mix of Kosher salt, black pepper, and red pepper flakes allows the eggplant to shine.
  • Pasta: Stick to tradition with ziti, or try any short-cut tubular pasta like penne or rigatoni. Opt for your favorite gluten-free pasta to keep it gluten-free friendly.
  • Tomato sauce: I used my Homemade Tomato Basil Sauce, which I always have in the freezer, but any jarred tomato sauce or marinara sauce will do.
  • Ricotta cheese: If you are feeling ambitious, you can make Homemade Ricotta Cheese, or simply buy it from the store or your local Italian market. I prefer full-fat, whole-milk ricotta cheese, but low-fat will also work.
  • Fresh basil: I used basil in both the ricotta mixture and for garnish. Fresh parsley would be a nice addition, too.
  • Mozzarella cheese: You can buy pre-shredded mozzarella cheese or shred a block of low-moisture mozzarella at home. If you want even more depth of flavor, experiment with other cheeses like provolone, fontina, or Asiago. A sprinkle of grated Parmigiano-Reggiano cheese would also be a welcome addition.

How to Make Eggplant Ziti Bake?

While this baked ziti with roasted eggplant recipe uses eggplant cubes instead of slices, I used my Baked Eggplant Recipe to make the eggplant portion of this recipe. Here are the step-by-step instructions and photos:

  1. Preheat oven: Preheat the oven to 400 degrees F. Line two large baking sheets with parchment paper.
Steps showing how to roast eggplants and mix cooked pasta with tomato sauce.
  1. Prepare eggplant: Dice the eggplant and divide the eggplant cubes between the baking sheets. Drizzle with olive oil and season with salt, black pepper, and red pepper flakes (if using). Toss well and distribute into a single layer on the baking sheet.
  2. Bake eggplant: Roast the eggplant pieces in the oven for 30-35 minutes, turning the eggplant halfway through for even roasting. Set aside to cool. Do not turn the oven off. 
  3. Cook the pasta: When there are about 10-15 minutes left on the eggplant cooking time, place a large pot of water over high heat and bring to a boil. Generously season the boiling water with salt. Add the pasta to the large pot of boiling water and cook until al dente. Be sure to check the package directions, as the timing might differ depending on the brand. Mine took about 9-10 minutes.
  4. Mix pasta and sauce: When the pasta is ready, reserve 1 cup of the pasta water and drain. Place the hot pasta in a large bowl, add the tomato sauce, and toss, ensuring that the pasta is fully coated with the sauce. If needed, stir in some of the reserved pasta water to prevent it from sticking.
Person showing how to layer pasta with roasted aubergine and ricotta mixture.
  1. Make ricotta basil mix: In a small bowl, mix the ricotta and chopped basil. Season with salt and pepper.
  2. Begin to assemble: Spray a large oven-proof baking dish (9×13 inch) with vegetable oil cooking spray. Place half of the ziti and tomato sauce mixture at the bottom of the casserole dish. Then, spread half of the eggplant cubes evenly on top.
  3. Add cheese: Add half of the ricotta-basil mixture in dollops and sprinkle the whole thing with half of the shredded mozzarella.
  4. Finish the second layer: Repeat the same steps, starting with the remaining pasta mixture, remaining eggplant cubes, and ricotta. Finish it off with a final layer of cheese.
  5. Bake: Bake for 30-35 minutes, or until bubbly and the cheese on top is lightly golden brown.
  6. Serve: Rest for 10 minutes. When ready to serve, sprinkle it with fresh basil leaves, parmesan cheese, and a drizzle of olive oil, if desired. Enjoy!

How to Make Ahead, Store, & Freeze?

Here are my best make-ahead and storage tips to ensure all your efforts don’t go to waste when making this eggplant ziti recipe:

  • Make Ahead: Follow the recipe as written and make ahead up to 2 days in advance. Just make sure to bring it to room temperature, cover it tightly with plastic wrap or aluminum foil, and store it in the refrigerator.
  • Storage: Leftover eggplant baked ziti will keep in an airtight container in the fridge, either stored as a whole or cut into individual servings for easy serving, for up to 4 days.
  • Freeze: While I don’t necessarily recommend freezing, you can freeze the baked pasta in a freezer-safe container for up to 1 month. But for best results, I recommend making a batch and freezing before baking. Keep in mind that the pasta will lose some of its texture and become mushy once thawed.
  • Thaw: Thaw the frozen baked eggplant ziti (either baked or unbaked) overnight in the refrigerator.
  • Reheat: If you are reheating leftovers, reheat in a 350-degree F oven for 15-20 minutes. If reheating frozen then thawed, follow the recipe instructions as written and bake in a 350-degree F oven for 30-35 minutes.

What to Serve it With?

Roasted eggplant with ziti is delicious all on its own, but there are plenty of ways to serve it that complement the comforting, cheesy Italian flavors. Some of my favorite ways to serve include:

Expert Tips

While the recipe is pretty straightforward, there are a few things to keep in mind. Here are some of my expert tips on how to make the best-baked ziti with eggplant:

  • Cooking eggplant: While I love roasting eggplant in the oven, you can use other cooking methods. If you have an air fryer, cooking Eggplant in Air Fryer is quicker. If you don’t, try my Pan Fried Eggplant. All you need is a skillet and 15 minutes of your time.
  • Don’t overcook the pasta: Cook the pasta according to the package directions, just until al dente, since the pasta is going to absorb moisture from the sauce and continue to cook in the oven.
  • Mix the pasta with the sauce: A key step in outstanding baked ziti is to mix the pasta with the tomato sauce in a large bowl before layering. You might think of it as an extra step but I promise it makes a difference in the overall taste, texture, and creaminess.
  • Season as you go: As with most layered baked pasta recipes, this recipe has multiple steps and components, so it is important to season the eggplant, sauce, pasta, and ricotta cheese as you go. Feel free to use the recipe below as a starting place and adjust the seasoning based on your taste buds and dietary restrictions.

FAQs

Should you bake ziti covered or uncovered?

I love baking ziti uncovered, as this helps some of the moisture evaporate in the oven, resulting in crispy pasta edges and a golden brown color.

What’s the difference between lasagna and baked pasta?

Lasagna is made with full lasagna sheets and sometimes a bechamel sauce, which is a bit more labor intensive as you have to be deliberate about layering the pasta, sauce, and cheese in equal amounts. Baked ziti, on the other hand, is the easier approach that requires a simple toss of the pasta with the sauce, then a quick addition of ricotta and mozzarella cheese.

Other Eggplant Recipes You Might Like

If you try this Baked Ziti with Eggplant recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. If you take some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them in my stories.

Baked Ziti with Eggplant fresh out of the oven from the top view.
Print

Baked Ziti with Eggplant Recipe

This baked ziti with eggplant recipe is a vegetarian weeknight pasta dish layered with roasted eggplant, homemade tomato basil sauce, and ricotta cheese. The definition of comfort food, this pasta dinner is perfect with a green salad on the side or a side dish with any of your meat dishes.
Course Main Dish
Cuisine Italian
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 35 minutes
Total Time 50 minutes
Servings 8 servings
Calories 445kcal

Ingredients

For The Roasted Eggplant:

  • 2 medium-sized globe eggplants cut into 1-inch cubes – 1 lbs each
  • 3 tablespoons olive oil
  • ½ teaspoon salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • ¼ teaspoon dried red pepper flakes optional

For the Baked Ziti:

  • 16 ounces ziti pasta or any other tubular pasta
  • vegetable spray
  • 2 cups homemade tomato-basil sauce* divided
  • 1 ½ cups whole milk ricotta
  • ½ cup fresh basil leaves chopped – plus more as garnish
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 ½ cups shredded mozzarella

Instructions

  • For the Roasted Eggplant: Pre-heat the oven to 400 degrees. Line two baking sheets with parchment paper and set aside.
  • Divide the eggplant cubes among the baking sheets. Drizzle them with olive oil and sprinkle them with salt, black pepper, and red pepper flakes (if using). Toss them well to ensure that they are distributed evenly and in a single layer.
  • Roast in the oven for 30-35 minutes, turning the eggplant halfway through for even roasting. Set aside to cool. Do not turn the oven off.
  • Meanwhile, cook the pasta. Ten to fifteen minutes before the eggplant is ready, bring a large pot of water to a boil. Season the pasta water generously with salt. Add the pasta and cook until it is al dente. Timing might differ depending on the brand you use, so be sure to check the instructions on the packaging. Mine took about 9-10 minutes.
  • Reserve 1 cup of the pasta water. Then drain the pasta, and place it in a large bowl. Pour the tomato sauce into the bowl and toss to combine, ensuring that the pasta is fully coated with the sauce. If the pasta sticks, feel free to use some of the reserved pasta water to keep it moist.
  • In a separate small bowl, mix together the ricotta and chopped basil. Season with kosher salt and black pepper.
  • To assemble, spray a large oven-proof casserole dish (9X13 is ideal) with vegetable spray and oil on the sides of the dish.
  • Place half of the ziti and tomato sauce mixture at the bottom of the casserole dish. Spread half of the baked eggplant cubes evenly on top.
  • Add half of the ricotta-basil mixture on top in dollops.
  • Sprinkle the whole thing with half of the shredded mozzarella.
  • Repeat the same steps for the second layer, starting with the rest of the ziti, eggplant cubes, and ricotta. Finish it off with an even sprinkling of the remaining mozzarella cheese.
  • Bake for 30-35 minutes or until it is bubbly and the cheese on top is lightly browned.
  • When ready to serve, sprinkle it with fresh basil leaves. Serve while still warm.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes a large casserole dish (9X13) baked ziti, which is ideal for 8 servings. The nutritional values below are per serving.
  • Tomato Sauce: While I used homemade tomato sauce, your favorite store-bought tomato or marinara sauce would perfectly work in this recipe. 
  • Storage: Like any pasta dish, this baked ziti is best served the day it is baked. However, you can store the leftovers in the fridge in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 4 days.
  • Freeze: While I don’t necessarily recommend freezing, you can freeze the baked pasta in a freezer-safe container for up to 1 month. But for best results, I recommend making a batch and freezing before baking. Thaw the frozen baked eggplant ziti (either baked or unbaked) overnight in the refrigerator.
  • Reheat: If you are reheating leftovers, reheat in a 350-degree F oven for 15-20 minutes. If reheating frozen then thawed, follow the recipe instructions as written and bake in a 350-degree F oven for 30-35 minutes.

Nutrition

Calories: 445kcal | Carbohydrates: 54g | Protein: 19g | Fat: 17g | Saturated Fat: 8g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 7g | Cholesterol: 40mg | Sodium: 759mg | Potassium: 643mg | Fiber: 6g | Sugar: 8g | Vitamin A: 739IU | Vitamin C: 7mg | Calcium: 237mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/baked-ziti-roasted-eggplant/feed/ 17
Garlic Butter Pasta https://foolproofliving.com/garlic-butter-pasta/ https://foolproofliving.com/garlic-butter-pasta/#respond Wed, 17 May 2023 14:31:37 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=67308 Pasta with butter garlic is one of my favorites among all my easy recipes for spaghetti noodles. This simple dish…]]>

Pasta with butter garlic is one of my favorites among all my easy recipes for spaghetti noodles. This simple dish comes together as quickly as my Ricotta Lemon Pasta and Greek Yogurt Alfredo Sauce and packs as much bold, robust flavor as my fan favorite Green Spaghetti. Tossed in my signature garlic butter pasta sauce, this easy dish will make your recipe book hall of fame—next to my creamy and spicy take on Gigi Hadid Pasta!

Garlic butter spaghetti in a bowl garnished with parmesan cheese.

Ingredients for Garlic Buttered Pasta

To make the butter garlic pasta sauce, you will need just a few pantry-ready ingredients:

  • Unsalted butter: Due to its high-fat content, unsalted European-style butter is my go-to for this recipe, as it will give your pasta extra depth and richness. However, you can use any unsalted butter you prefer to balance out the excess sodium of parmesan cheese.
  • Fresh garlic cloves: I recommend using finely minced garlic for your buttery pasta sauce, as it most thoroughly infuses the butter with its flavors. You could also use roasted garlic for a smokier, caramelized taste. In a pinch, garlic powder can be a substitute but if you are after the rich garlicky flavors, I would recommend using fresh garlic cloves in this recipe.
  • Kosher Salt and black pepper
  • Fresh herbs: Fresh parsley is one of my favorite herbs in this butter garlic sauce for noodles. However, you can bring out similarly bright, garden-fresh flavors to your meal by using other fresh herbs matching your unique recipe.
Ingredients for pasta with butter garlic from the top view.

To make the garlic butter pasta, you will need only two simple ingredients:

  • Pasta: I recommend using spaghetti for my garlic butter noodles, as their lean shape can hold more buttery pasta sauce than thicker types. However, you can also make this recipe using another type of pasta, such as linguine, penne, fettuccine, elbow, egg noodles, and angel hair. Additionally, if preferred, gluten-free pasta can also be used.
  • Parmesan cheese: Nutty and bold, parmesan cheese is the perfect finishing touch for transforming your plain spaghetti into an elegant, five-star meal.

Optional Add-Ins

  • Red pepper flakes: If you want to give your recipe a pop of spice and color, a sprinkle of red pepper flakes is just what your plain butter pasta needs.
  • A drizzle of extra virgin olive oil: For an extra-rich, authentic Italian taste, finish it off with a drizzle of EVOO.
  • Add a protein: Top off this butter garlic spaghetti with a tender protein to transform this simple side into a complete meal. I love serving garlic butter pasta with chicken (hello, Roasted Bone-In Chicken Breasts!) and seafood, like my zesty Shrimp Shish Kabob recipe.
  • Green Vegetables: Add a handful of baby spinach leaves or blanched peas to the pasta liquid in the last minute to up the nutritional value and give it some color.

How to Make Garlic Butter Pasta

This quick pasta dish is a cinch with my easy butter garlic pasta sauce. With a handful of ingredients and only six steps, anyone can quickly whip up this delicious side. Here are the steps:

A collage of images showing how to make garlic butter noodles.
  1. Cook the pasta: Fill a large pot with water, mix in a generous helping of salt, and bring the mixture to a boil. Add the pasta to the pot of water and cook it according to the package instructions (or until al dente.) Reserve 1 cup of the pasta water, drain the pasta, and return it to the pot.
  2. Make the garlic sauce for noodles: While the pasta cooks, melt the butter in a small skillet or saucepan over medium heat. Add the garlic and cook it over medium-low heat until it softens (2-3 minutes), stirring frequently. Then, remove the pan from the heat and stir in the salt, pepper, and fresh parsley.
  3. Toss the pasta: Add the buttered pasta sauce to the cooked pasta and toss until combined. If the pasta is sticky, add the reserved pasta water to the mix in 2-tablespoon increments until it reaches your desired consistency.
  4. Add the parmesan: Sprinkle the buttered spaghetti noodles with parmesan cheese and chopped parsley, and toss until combined.
  5. Serve: Divide the garlic butter spaghetti noodles into serving bowls. Garnish them with more parmesan cheese and parsley, and enjoy!

Storage and Reheating Instructions

With these storage tips, you can save your butter garlic pasta leftovers for an easy lunch or a quick dinner the next day. Here’s how I do it:

  • Store: Place the leftovers in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 2-3 days.
  • Reheat: When reheating your garlic butter noodles, add a bit of liquid to the mixture to keep your pasta from drying. Then, heat the leftovers in a saucepan for 5-7 minutes or the microwave in 30-second increments.

What to Serve with this Recipe?

Mild yet rich, buttery garlic pasta is a highly versatile side dish. Serve it with a hearty protein, crisp salad, or tender veggie side, and your table will pack a ton of flavor with minimal prep time.

  • Chicken: This parmesan garlic butter pasta is my favorite simple pasta side dish for chicken. Prepare an Instagram-ready spread by making this recipe alongside a five-star Chicken Shish Tawook, Whole Roasted Chicken or tender Greek Yoghurt Chicken. For a flawless ingredient pair, you can also serve it alongside Baked Panko Chicken Parmesan, and you’ll have a cheesy meal that comes together in no time.
  • Turkey: Light and mild, turkey mains exquisitely balance the buttery richness of spaghetti in butter sauce. Italian seasoned Turkey Meatballs make an excellent pasta topping, while Turkey Tenderloin is a succulent main that only takes 30 minutes to prepare. 
  • Seafood: Nothing says, “match made in heaven,” like butter garlic pasta with shrimp. Top your buttered noodles with my zesty Shrimp Scampi Recipe or Breaded Fish for a family-friendly pairing perfect for busy weeknights. Or, pair your pasta with Grilled Mahi Mahi for a light, summery pair ideal for outdoor events.
  • Salad: Want to add a little fiber to your pasta spread? Balance out the decadence of your pasta with a crisp, garden-fresh salad. You’ll love my easy Caesar Salad Recipe, La Scala Chopped Salad, and Burrata Caprese for light Italian signatures. Or, try out a bright, lemony recipe with my gluten-free and keto-friendly Asparagus Salad.
  • Vegetables: When it comes to tasty veggie recipes, the options are endless. Serve your garlic butter parmesan noodles alongside a plate of Oven-Roasted Asparagus or Air-Fried Green Beans for a nutritious green side. If you want a heartier combination, Roasted Portobello Mushrooms and Eggplant Parmesan will satisfy your appetite while serving any vegetarian needs.
  • Garlic bread: No one can resist a classic. Toasty and filling, oven-baked Garlic Bread and Air Fryer Garlic Bread are two of my favorite pasta sides. You’ll love dipping these tender slices into your spaghetti’s simple butter pasta sauce.
Buttered pasta in a bowl garnished with parsley and parmesan cheese.

Expert Tips

There’s no secret to infusing your easy pasta side dishes with decadent, buttery flavors. However, here are a few things to pay attention to when making this easy pasta recipe:

  • Use high-quality ingredients: As it is with any recipe that uses a few basic ingredients, the key to the best garlic butter parmesan pasta is using the freshest and high-quality ingredients. Select firm, fresh-smelling garlic bulbs, your favorite pasta brand, and, if possible, European-style butter (for its high fat content.)
  • Keep a close eye on butter and garlic: Butter and garlic tend to cook quickly, so to avoid burning, watch it closely and stir frequently. Keep in mind, too, that the garlic butter pasta sauce only needs to cook for a total time of 2-3 mins.
  • Be sure to salt pasta water: The key to properly seasoned pasta is to cook it in salted water, so be sure to add a generous amount of salt to the boiling water. This small step will enhance the overall flavor of the pasta and make your plain noodles taste delicious even before they are coated with garlic butter spaghetti sauce.
  • Al dente pasta: To avoid mushy or undercooked pasta, I recommend cooking your spaghetti to al dente, giving it a firm yet tender texture.
  • Taste for seasoning: Because parmesan is naturally salty, it’s important to season your recipe sparsely and taste the sauce before adding extra ingredients.
  • Change the herbs you use to match the main dish: Light, herbaceous, and tasty, any fresh herb can be used in this noodle dish. Think of the dish you are serving it with and select fresh herbs that best complement the meal’s flavor profile.
  • Use a large skillet and add pasta: Another way to prepare this plain pasta recipe is to cook your buttery sauce in a large skillet and toss the cooked pasta directly in the pan. 
  • Multiply: Making it for a crowd? Feel free to multiply the recipe to have buttery garlic pasta enough for everyone!

FAQs

How much pasta should I serve per person?

I recommend preparing two ounces of pasta per person. If serving a larger party, you can quickly multiply this simple recipe to accommodate all your dinner guests.

Should you put butter in pasta?

Absolutely! Pasta in butter sauce—especially garlic butter sauce!—is a classic, easy dish for the whole family. You can either melt butter and drizzle it over your cooked noodles or toss unmelted butter into warm pasta until melted.

How to season plain pasta?

There are countless ways to add flavor to plain pasta. You can toss your noodles with a simple sauce, such as my flavorful garlic butter sauce or an olive oil sauce, or you can top your dish with fresh herbs and cheese for a bright, lush meal.

How to make garlic butter noodles with garlic powder?

To make this easy pasta recipe with garlic powder, substitute the fresh garlic with one teaspoon of garlic powder.

Can I make this recipe vegan?

Yes! For a vegan alternative to my simple garlic butter sauce, use vegan butter and vegan parmesan instead of animal-based products.

Other Easy Pasta Side Dishes You Might Like

Can’t get enough of this easy garlic parmesan butter pasta? For even more quick pasta recipes, these beginner-friendly ideas will fill your table with bright, tender flavors.

If you try this Garlic Butter Pasta recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Garlic butter pasta recipe made from scratch in a bowl from the top view.
Print

Garlic Butter Pasta Recipe

An easy and quick to make Garlic Butter Pasta recipe that can be served with any main dish. Spaghetti noodles tossed with buttery garlic sauce and then sprinkled with parmesan cheese and fresh parsley for a flavor packed meal that is both satisfying and comforting.
Course Dinner, Lunch
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 369kcal

Ingredients

For The Pasta:

  • 8 ounces spaghetti or any other dried pasta or Gluten free pasta
  • Water
  • Kosher Salt
  • ½ cup grated parmesan cheese plus more for serving

For The Garlic Butter Pasta Sauce:

  • 4 tablespoons unsalted butter preferably European-style butter with high fat content
  • 4 cloves garlic minced
  • ¼ teaspoon Kosher salt plus more to taste
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper
  • ¼ cup fresh parsley – roughly chopped, plus more for serving

Instructions

  • Bring a large pot of salted water to a boil, add the pasta, and cook according to the package directions until al dente. Reserve 1 cup of the pasta water and drain the pasta. Return the now-drained pasta back to the pot.
  • While the pasta is cooking, make the butter garlic pasta sauce. Melt the butter in a small skillet over medium heat until fully melted (but not browned.) Add the garlic and cook, stirring frequently, for 2-3 minutes. Remove from heat and stir in the salt, pepper, and fresh parsley.
  • Drizzle the pasta with the butter garlic sauce and toss to combine. If the pasta is too sticky, use the reserved pasta water by adding and mixing it in 2-tablespoon increments.
  • Sprinkle the buttery pasta with parmesan cheese and chopped fresh parsley. Toss to combine.
  • When ready to serve, divide the pasta into serving bowls and garnish with more parmesan cheese and parsley.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe serve 2 ounces of (uncooked) pasta per serving. However, you can multiply it if you are serving a large crowd.
  • Keep a close eye on the butter: Watch the garlic closely when sauteeing as it can burn quickly. It is best to monitor it closely as it cooks.
  • Store: Place the leftovers in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 3 days.

Nutrition

Calories: 369kcal | Carbohydrates: 45g | Protein: 12g | Fat: 16g | Saturated Fat: 9g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 4g | Trans Fat: 0.5g | Cholesterol: 41mg | Sodium: 372mg | Potassium: 187mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 775IU | Vitamin C: 6mg | Calcium: 137mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/garlic-butter-pasta/feed/ 0
Garlic Butter Sauce https://foolproofliving.com/garlic-butter-sauce/ https://foolproofliving.com/garlic-butter-sauce/#comments Wed, 17 May 2023 14:29:22 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=67310 If you are like us, a fan of making your own Roasted Garlic Compound Butter, you won’t be able to…]]>

If you are like us, a fan of making your own Roasted Garlic Compound Butter, you won’t be able to resist the rich and robust taste of this easy garlic butter sauce recipe. Using this versatile recipe as a base, you can quickly turn your homemade garlic butter sauce into the perfect recipe for countless other dishes.

Whether you use it to make Garlic Butter Pasta, Garlic Bread, or dipping sauce for bread, this quick and easy recipe is going to be a staple in your daily cooking routine.

Butter and garlic sauce in a skillet with a wooden spoon.

Ingredients

The list of ingredients for garlic butter sauce is simple and short. You can make this savory recipe using only three ingredients, possibly with things you already have in your kitchen. So, no grocery trip is necessary!

Garlic butter sauce ingredients from the top view.
  • Butter: I recommend using unsalted European-style butter (I like Vermont Creamery (affiliate link), as its high-fat content gives this recipe extra richness and depth. However, nearly any salted or unsalted butter would also work. Just note that if you use salted butter, I recommend omitting the extra salt to avoid over-seasoning.
  • Fresh garlic cloves: I prefer finely minced garlic for this recipe. However, you can also use my Roasted Garlic or Air Fryer Garlic for a smokier garlic flavor. Though I don’t recommend using garlic powder in this recipe, you can use it in a pinch if you don’t have any fresh garlic on hand.
  • Kosher salt

Optional Add-Ins and Variations

  • Clarified butter: If preferred, you can make this DIY garlic butter sauce with clarified butter or ghee. I make clarified garlic butter whenever I need a vegan or dairy-free version of this recipe.
  • Black pepper: Give your three-ingredient garlic butter recipe a little heat by mixing a bit of ground black pepper at the last minute. 
  • Fresh herbs: To make an authentic Italian garlic butter sauce, fresh herbs are essential. One of my favorite variations is garlic parsley butter, but you can also sprinkle in a little rosemary, oregano, thyme, or dill for a light, herbaceous flavor.
  • Spices and seasonings: This buttery garlic sauce recipe is the easiest way to compliment dozens of different flavors, especially if you use it as a meat marinade. For a Greek-inspired take, try Mediterranean seasoning, or add a pinch of baharat spice mix to compliment Middle Eastern fare. You can also add other dried spices to your sauce, including red pepper flakes, Italian seasoning, and Old Bay seasoning. 
  • Fresh lemon juice and zest: I recommend adding a squeeze of fresh lemon juice or zest to your butter mixture for bright, citrusy overtones. Lemon Garlic Butter Sauce makes the ultimate garlic butter sauce for fish and the perfect dipping sauce for shrimp.

How to Make a Garlic Butter Sauce From Scratch?

Simple yet tasty, this quick butter garlic sauce comes together in just five minutes with these easy instructions:

A collage of images showing how to make a garlic butter sauce.
  1. Melt butter: Heat a small skillet or saucepan over medium heat and add the butter. Wait until the butter melts.
  2. Saute the garlic: Add the garlic to the pan, cooking gently. Stir the mixture until the garlic becomes soft (2-3 minutes). Be sure to watch it closely, as garlic burns easily.
  3. Add the seasoning: Remove the butter from the stove. Then, stir in the salt and other desired add-ins, such as pepper and parsley.
  4. Serve: Serve your melted garlic butter with bread or pasta, or use it as a tasty baste for other recipes.

How to Store, Reheat, Freeze, and Thaw?

You won’t want a single drop to go to waste when you make butter garlic sauce. These expert storage tips will ensure you can quickly meal prep and save your recipe for weeks.

  • Store: To store leftovers of this recipe, place them in an airtight container. It will stay fresh in the refrigerator for 3-4 days.
  • Reheat: I recommend reheating this butter sauce recipe just before serving to avoid unwanted coagulation. Reheat it over low heat in a small saucepan or the microwave (5-second increments) until it reaches your desired heat and consistency.
  • Freeze: To freeze, first let it reach room temperature. Then, you can pour it into an airtight container or an ice cube tray to make individual portions. Store the sauce in the freezer until ready to use.
  • Thaw: There’s no need to thaw your frozen butter garlic sauce. Instead, reheat it just before serving.

How to Use This Buttery Garlic Sauce?

It’s amazing how versatile this simple garlic butter sauce is. Use it in dozens of dishes—from melted garlic butter for bread to sauce for steak—for a tasty meal no one can resist. Here are a few more suggestions:

  • Bread: For a match made in heaven, serve it as a garlic butter dipping sauce alongside your favorite French bread. Or, if you prefer homemade bread, this hearty side tastes amazing with soft, buttery bread like my Buttery Brioche Rolls and Brioche Slices. Or, serve it alongside crustier recipes—like my No-Knead Artisan Bread and Air Fryer Garlic Bread—for a more rustic feel. 
  • Pizza: Want to take your homemade pizza to the next level? Use this sauce for pizza by brushing your dough before baking it. Or you can also brush the pizza crust right after it comes out of the oven. Either way, every bite will explode with flavor.
  • Meat: Transform your bland meat recipes into five-star meals that will disappear in minutes. Use this butter garlic sauce for steak or beef with recipes like my Beef Tenderloin. You can also use it to drizzle or baste poultry dishes like my Baked Bone-In Chicken, Turkey Loin, and Roasted Turkey Legs.
  • Pasta: It’s undeniable that this recipe makes the ultimate homemade butter sauce for pasta. Serve it with spaghetti, and you’ll have Garlic Butter Pasta the whole family will love.
  • Fish: Few things taste more elegant than using this creamy garlic butter sauce for fish. Drizzle this simple sauce over your favorite fish or seafood recipe—like my Grilled Mahi Mahi, Grilled Shrimp Kabobs, or Breaded Fish—and prepare your tastebuds for a host of rich, sophisticated flavors.
  • Marinade: This simple recipe doubles as one of my favorite garlic butter marinades—a succulent substitution for olive oil. Like my Shrimp Marinade and Marinade for Mahi Mahi, this easy recipe adds flavor to any meat or fish meal. Just be sure that the garlic butter reaches room temperature before adding it to your fish or meat.
  • Vegetables: This recipe makes for a flavorful garlic butter glaze that will give any vegetable side a rich, luscious taste. Drizzle this divine sauce over Boiled Green Beans, Air Fried Corn on The Cob, or Steamed Asparagus for a tender, garden-fresh veggie side. If you want a slightly crispier taste, adding garlic butter to Air Fryer Green Beans is an easy way to take it to the next level.
  • Potatoes: If you’re searching for a lavish, melt-in-your-mouth potato recipe, add garlic butter with minced garlic to your favorite dishes. Mix this garlic butter recipe with Rosemary Mashed Potatoes, and your table will look like a food magazine spread. Or, use garlic butter sauce instead of olive oil to give your Smashed Fingerling Potatoes a robust, crisp bite.
  • Rice or grains: This garlic and butter sauce gives any grain dish a flavorsome depth. Pour some of your sauce into classic recipes, like Cooked Bulgur Wheat, Cooked Quinoa, or cooked orzo, and you’ll savor every bite. You could also add this delicious sauce to dishes like Forbidden Rice or Wild Rice for a subtle flavor boost.
  • Popcorn: If you love the savory taste of gourmet popcorn, drizzle your batch with a few tablespoons of this garlic butter herb sauce. You won’t be able to put down your popcorn bowl until it’s empty.
Seasoned garlic butter sauce in a small bowl from the top view.

Expert Tips

There’s no secret to making garlic butter sauce that will delight your taste buds with its savory, succulent taste. Though I have a few tips to help you get the perfect results every time:

  • Use quality ingredients: Selecting the freshest ingredients is the best way to ensure your fresh garlic butter has the most decadent flavor. Good quality grass-fed butter and fresh garlic are the keys to preparing the best garlic butter sauce.
  • Mince the garlic finely: To infuse every drop of this simple butter garlic sauce with robust flavors, mince your garlic as finely as possible. I recommend using a garlic press if you have one on hand.
  • Keep a close eye on it: No one likes a burnt sauce’s harsh, bitter taste. Because it’s so easy to burn garlic and butter, cook your sauce gently and watch it closely during the sautéeing process.
  • Season to taste: To avoid over- or under-seasoning, I highly recommend giving it a taste before serving and adding more seasoning as necessary.
  • Adjust consistency: You can transform this basic recipe into a thick garlic butter sauce by slowly simmering it over very low heat, stirring it every few seconds until it is reduced. It is imperative that the heat is very low as high heat will turn it into browned butter. Instead, let it simmer low and slow until it thickens to your desired consistency. Conversely, if you prefer a thinner sauce, you can add a splash of water, broth, or white wine to the saucepan.
  • Customize it with fresh herbs and spices: Seasoned garlic butter sauce can compliment countless recipes, from Caprese Pizza to Whole Roasted Chicken, with the right blend of herbs and spices. Add fresh parsley and Italian seasoning for the perfect Italian meal, or make an Old Bay garlic butter sauce for all your fish recipes. The options are endless with this basic butter recipe.

FAQs

What is garlic butter sauce?

Garlic butter sauce is a rich, flavorful mixture made by sautéing garlic in melted butter over low heat until the butter is fully melted and minced garlic is lightly toasted.

How do you thicken garlic butter sauce?

To thicken, let the mixture simmer over low heat until it reduces, stirring frequently. Then, let the mixture rest off-heat until it reaches your desired consistency.

How do you make a vegan version of garlic butter sauce?

To make this recipe vegan, try using vegan butter, which generally includes coconut oil, almond flour, and plant-based milk. Or, to reduce the amount of dairy in your sauce mixture, you can also swap out regular butter with clarified butter or ghee.

Other Garlic Butter Recipes

If you love the rich taste of this garlic-infused butter, then you’ll be amazed by how many other delectable recipes are at your fingertips. This collection has it all, from veggie sides to tasty pasta.

If you try this Garlic Butter Sauce recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Butter and garlic sauce in a small bowl with a spoon on the side.
Print

Garlic Butter Sauce Recipe

Made with just a few simple ingredients, this garlic butter sauce is a quick and easy way to enhance the flavors of any dish. It serves multifunctionally as a pasta sauce, dipping sauce, or a marinade for meats and vegetables.
Course Condiment
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 3 minutes
Total Time 8 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 205kcal

Ingredients

  • 8 tablespoons unsalted butter preferably European style butter*
  • 3 cloves garlic finely minced
  • ¼ teaspoon Kosher salt plus more to taste
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper optional
  • 1 tablespoon fresh parsley chopped, optional

Instructions

  • Heat a small skillet (or small saucepan) over medium heat. Add the butter and let it melt.
  • Add the garlic and stir until soft for approximately 2-3 minutes.
  • Remove from the heat and stir in the salt. If using, add the pepper and parsley as well. Serve or use in your recipe.

Notes

  • Butter: You can make this sauce using salted butter. However, if you use unsalted butter, we recommend omitting salt. Alternatively, you can use clarified butter (aka ghee) as a vegan option. Garlic ghee sauce is just as tasty without any dairy.
  • Optional Add-ins: Depending on the recipe you are planning to use this sauce, you can easily flavor it with dried herbs and spices, parmesan cheese, or add a splash of lemon juice and lemon zest to brighten the flavors.
  • Store: To store garlic butter sauce, place it in an airtight container. It will stay fresh in the refrigerator for 3-4 days.
  • Reheat: I recommend reheating it just before serving. Reheat it over low heat in a small saucepan or the microwave (5-second increments) until it reaches your desired heat and consistency.
  • Freeze: To freeze, first let it reach room temperature. Then, you can pour it into an airtight container or ice cube trays to make individual portions. Store the sauce in the freezer until ready to use.
  • Thaw: There’s no need to thaw your frozen butter garlic sauce. Instead, reheat it just before serving.

Nutrition

Calories: 205kcal | Carbohydrates: 1g | Protein: 0.4g | Fat: 23g | Saturated Fat: 14g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 6g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 60mg | Sodium: 149mg | Potassium: 23mg | Fiber: 0.1g | Sugar: 0.05g | Vitamin A: 785IU | Vitamin C: 2mg | Calcium: 13mg | Iron: 0.1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/garlic-butter-sauce/feed/ 8
Shrimp Ricotta Pasta https://foolproofliving.com/roasted-shrimp-and-kale-rigatoni-with-lemon-ricotta-sauce/ https://foolproofliving.com/roasted-shrimp-and-kale-rigatoni-with-lemon-ricotta-sauce/#comments Tue, 14 Feb 2023 02:02:24 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=4770 If you are looking for other delicious weeknight pasta recipes, this Gigi Hadid Pasta is a satisfying, easy pasta recipe.…]]>

If you are looking for other delicious weeknight pasta recipes, this Gigi Hadid Pasta is a satisfying, easy pasta recipe. Mushroom Pea Pasta and Caprese Pasta Salad are also delicious, easy dinner recipes that are ready in under 30 minutes and sure to satisfy everyone at the table. 

And if you have some leftover shrimp, be sure to try Barefoot Contessa’s Roasted Shrimp Salad and Orzo Shrimp.

Ricotta Shrimp pasta in a bowl with a fork on the side.

Ingredients

This lemon ricotta shrimp pasta is as delicious as it is straightforward. The main ingredients are shrimp, ricotta, and cooked pasta. 

  • Shrimp: Shrimp is a low-fat, high-protein option for dinner that is ready in minutes. Simply sauteed or cooked with additional flavors (as suggested below), it is a weeknight dinner go-to protein for many of us. The recipe calls for size 16-20 shrimp, but you can also use 21-25. If you can get them, I always recommend buying your shrimp already peeled and deveined, at least for a weeknight dinner. It is a big-time saver! 
  • Ricotta Sauce: Fresh ricotta cheese, parmesan cheese, fresh lemon, and a few cloves of garlic cloves are combined to make a simple creamy sauce with delicious flavor.
  • Pasta: While I use rigatoni in this recipe, you can use almost any kind of pasta you have on hand. Fusilli, bowtie, spaghetti, fettucini, or whole wheat pasta would substitute nicely. If you are following a gluten free diet, you can also use your favorite gluten free pasta.
Ingredients for the recipe are photographed from the top view.

Helpful Notes and Substitutions

  • Shrimp:
    • If you have the extra time, marinate the shrimp using my classic Shrimp Marinade recipe to take the whole recipe up a notch.
    • If you have your grill fired up, my Grilled Shrimp Skewers are also delicious served on top of this ricotta pasta. Or better yet, if you have leftovers from the night before, you can serve these delicious shrimp in new ways by adding them to this quick pasta. Making enough protein for multiple meals is a great meal prep time saver!
    • Shrimp Scampi is another delicious alternative for the shrimp in this dish. Perfect for turning the flavor up a notch. 
  • Ricotta Cheese: You can make fresh ricotta at home, or you can buy it at the store. I recommend buying the full-fat ricotta cheese for this recipe. It will make for a creamier, smoother sauce. This is already a light, healthy meal. Don’t short yourself on the ricotta. 
  • Olive Oil: The shrimp is sauteed in olive oil, but feel free to substitute butter. It will add a little extra richness to your shrimp.
  • Kale: Baby spinach would make a lovely substitute for kale. However, please remember that spinach does not take as much time to cook. You can add the spinach to the pasta water for about 30 seconds before draining it or simply toss it with the hot pasta after it is drained. 
  • Not a fan of kale? If you want to add some veggies to this dish but are not a fan of kale, you can use fresh or frozen peas. I usually blanch peas in the summer and keep some in the freezer to use in weeknight pasta recipes like this one.
  • Extra kick: If you like a little heat in your meal, you can add ½ tsp of chili flakes to the sauce or garnish on top of the pasta at the end. Red pepper flakes will give you the kick you want without distracting you from the flavor. 
  • Extra decadence: A splash of heavy cream into your sauce would make the dish richer. 

How to Make this Recipe?

When I say this ricotta lemon shrimp pasta is easy to make, I mean it. Making creamy, dreamy, and easy pasta on a weekday has never been easier. Here are the steps:

A collage of images showing how to make shrimp ricotta pasta.
  1. Cook pasta in a large pot of salted water according to package directions or until al dente. Be sure to salt your water. 
  2. Add kale to your large pot of water 5 minutes before the pasta is cooked. Before draining kale and pasta, reserve 1 cup of pasta water. Put drained pasta and kale back in the pan. 
  3. Make Lemon Ricotta Sauce: While the pasta is cooking, make the sauce by mixing your ricotta, parmesan, garlic, lemon zest, lemon juice, salt, and black pepper in a bowl. Add ½ cup of the starchy pasta water and stir until creamy. 
  4. Cook Shrimp: Heat oil in a large skillet over medium heat. Sear shrimp for two minutes on each side and season with salt and pepper. 
Lemon Ricotta sauce is being mixed with pasta and shrimp in a collage of images.
  1. Assemble the pasta: Add the ricotta sauce to the cooked pasta and gently stir. Add the rest of the pasta water if needed. Then add the shrimp to the dish. Garnish with parmesan and red pepper flakes as desired. If you like, enjoy your dinner with a glass of cold white wine! 

How to Store and Reheat Leftovers

While you can store the leftovers and enjoy them in the next few days, we think that this dish is best when served hot as soon as it is ready. As the pasta sits, the noodles will soak up more of the sauce, which will still be delicious but less creamy.

  • Storing: Place any leftovers in an airtight container for up to three days. 
  • Reheating: The best method is to reheat the pasta slowly in a skillet with a splash of water. It is possible to reheat in the microwave, but you have a higher chance of your sauce splitting. 
Person mixing lemon ricotta shrimp pasta in a dutch oven with a wooden spoon.

Expert Tips

Even with a shrimp pasta recipe as simple as this one, there are always great tips that you can learn and new ways of doing things! Here are some tips to help you succeed on your first try:

  • Prep everything before you start. This recipe will come together in the time it takes your pasta to cook. Having everything ready to go will simplify your experience. 
  • Salt your pasta water. Chefs say you should salt your water until it tastes like the sea. This greatly enhances the taste of your pasta in a way that cannot be added as well in later steps. 
  • Dry shrimp thoroughly. When you pat your shrimp dry before you put them in the skillet, you reduce the chance of the shrimp steaming and will get better color and texture. 
  • Taste before you serve. People often forget this important step. Give that pasta a taste to see if you need more salt or bright lemon flavor to suit your own personal palette.

FAQs

Will ricotta melt into a sauce?

Ricotta is actually a type of cheese that does not melt. That is a good thing in this sauce! Instead, the ricotta retains its creamy texture and spreads evenly over the pasta, without getting stringy.

What is ricotta sauce made of?

In this instance, ricotta sauce is made by combining whole milk ricotta with a number of delicious flavor-boosting ingredients and then thinning it with starchy pasta water. It is a simple and versatile sauce that can be adjusted to your taste and used in various dishes.

Other Weeknight Pasta Dishes You Might Like:

Quick-cooking pasta recipes are great recipes to keep on hand for busy weeknight meals. These recipes are all delicious, fast, and use easy-to-find ingredients. 

If you try this Shrimp Ricotta Pasta recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Shrimp ricotta pasta with rigatoni is in a bowl with a fork on the side.
Print

Shrimp Ricotta Pasta Recipe

Shrimp ricotta pasta tossed with creamy lemon ricotta sauce and kale. It's the perfect 30 minute pasta recipe for busy nights.
Course Seafood Salad
Cuisine American
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 17 minutes
Total Time 27 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 464kcal

Ingredients

For The Pasta:

  • Water & salt to cook the pasta
  • 1 pound pasta (bucatini, rigatoni, spaghetti, or penne would all work)
  • 3 cups kale leaves destemmed and chopped thinly

For the Ricotta Pasta Sauce:

  • 1 cup whole-milk ricotta cheese
  • ½ cup shredded parmesan cheese more as garnish
  • 1 clove garlic minced
  • 1 tablespoon lemon zest
  • ¼ cup lemon juice freshly squeezed
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper

For The Shrimp:

  • 3 tablespoons extra virgin olive oil
  • 1 pound shrimp 16-20 shelled and deveined
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • Pinch red pepper flakes optional

Instructions

  • Bring a large pot of salted water to a boil. Add in the pasta and cook according to the packaging instructions or until al dente.
  • Five minutes before draining the pasta, add in the kale and cook until softened. Reserve 1 cup of pasta cooking water and drain the pasta.
  • Put the now-cooked pasta back in the pan.
  • While the pasta is cooking, make the ricotta lemon pasta sauce by mixing ricotta cheese, parmesan cheese, garlic, lemon zest, lemon juice, and salt and pepper in a bowl.
  • Add in the ½ cup of reserved pasta sauce and whisk until creamy. Set it aside.
  • To cook the shrimp: Heat olive oil in a large stainless steel skillet. Cook shrimp 2 minutes on each side. Season with salt and pepper.
  • To assemble the shrimp ricotta pasta: Add the ricotta sauce to the pasta and toss gently. It should be very creamy as you toss it with the help of the residual heat coming from the freshly cooked pasta. If you need it, add in the remaining pasta liquid and turn the heat on for a minute or so as you toss and turn the pasta.
  • Add the cooked shrimp and gently incorporate, ensuring that it is evenly distributed.
  • Taste for seasoning and add in if necessary. Garnish with a sprinkle of shredded parmesan cheese and red pepper flakes, if using. Serve.

Notes

  • Shrimp: The recipe calls for size 16-20 shrimp, but you can also use 21-25.
  • Prep everything before you start: This is a very quick recipe so it is recommended that you prepare all the ingredients while you wait for the pasta water to boil.
  • Dry your shrimp thoroughly before cooking. When you pat your shrimp dry before you put them in the skillet, you reduce the chance of the shrimp steaming and will get better color and texture. 
  • Storing leftovers: This pasta is best when served hot as soon as it is ready. However, it can be stored in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 3 days. You can reheat it in a skillet with a splash of water over medium heat. 

Nutrition

Calories: 464kcal | Carbohydrates: 61g | Protein: 18g | Fat: 16g | Saturated Fat: 6g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 7g | Cholesterol: 28mg | Sodium: 591mg | Potassium: 360mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 3g | Vitamin A: 3603IU | Vitamin C: 37mg | Calcium: 263mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/roasted-shrimp-and-kale-rigatoni-with-lemon-ricotta-sauce/feed/ 8
Green Pasta Sauce https://foolproofliving.com/green-pasta-sauce/ https://foolproofliving.com/green-pasta-sauce/#respond Fri, 27 Jan 2023 19:59:46 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=64156 I always reach for a tried-and-true pasta recipe when I’m in the mood for something quick, easy, and comforting. If…]]>

I always reach for a tried-and-true pasta recipe when I’m in the mood for something quick, easy, and comforting. If you prefer light, delicious vegetarian pasta recipes like this one, be sure to check out Gigi Hadid Vodka Pasta, Ricotta Lemon Pasta, Garlic Butter Pasta, and Pea and Mushroom Pasta

Green noodle pasta in a bowl with a fork from the top view.

Ingredients

This green pasta recipe requires a few simple ingredients that you likely already have on hand. The nutty parmesan pairs beautifully with the earthy spinach, and a hint of lemon and garlic brightens the dish. Here’s what you’ll need:

Ingredients for pasta verde in bowls from the top view.
  • For the pasta: Any type of pasta would work for this recipe. I used linguine, but any other long or short pasta would also work. 
  • To make the Italian green pasta sauce: Gather fresh baby spinach, parmesan cheese, garlic, kosher salt, black pepper, lemon juice, and olive oil.

Substitutions and Optional Add-Ins

This green Italian sauce for pasta is so basic that it’s very forgiving when it comes to substitutions. Whether you’d prefer a dairy-free option or like an extra creamy sauce, this recipe will still work for you. Here are a few suggestions: 

  • Pasta: I prefer green linguine, but feel free to use your pasta of choice. You can make green fettuccine pasta, a green spaghetti sauce, or green pasta noodles. If you’re following a gluten-free diet, you can use chickpea pasta or your favorite gluten-free pasta instead. For best results, follow the package directions for cooking the pasta. If you’d like a carb-free option, try these tasty Zucchini Noodles.
  • Cream cheese: For an extra rich green creamy pasta, add two ounces of room-temperature cream cheese into the food processor with the rest of the ingredients.
  • Vegan green pasta sauce: You can substitute an equal amount of nutritional yeast for the parmesan cheese for a vegan pasta sauce! Its cheesy, umami flavor is a great substitute for parmesan and pairs well with the earthy flavor of your fresh greens. Just keep in mind that you may need to add more salt to your vegan sauce for pasta if you’re using nutritional yeast. 
  • Frozen spinach: If you don’t have fresh spinach on hand, you can substitute frozen spinach for this healthy pasta sauce. Make sure to thaw and squeeze out any excess juices and liquid before sauteing it. 
  • Kale sauce: Kale is a great substitute for this spinach garlic pasta sauce. However, I recommend blanching your kale (for about five minutes in the boiling pasta water) before sauteing it with the rest of the ingredients. Since kale leaves tend to be heartier than spinach leaves, blanching them first will shorten the sauteing time.
  • Optional mix-ins: For an Italian green sauce for pasta (aka pasta verde), you can substitute a cup of your greens for a cup of fresh herbs like oregano, parsley, or fresh basil leaves. 
  • Toppings: Toppings are a great way to customize your green noodle pasta to your liking. Toss in a handful of toasted pine nuts for a delicious crunch, just as we did in my Catalan Style Spinach recipe, or sprinkle your spinach parmesan pasta sauce with some red pepper flakes for a kick of spice.

How to Make Green Pasta Sauce?

I think we can all agree that homemade healthy pasta sauce is always the better option compared to its store-bought version. Fresh, flavorful, and ready in less than 30 minutes, this spinach-based pasta sauce will leave your taste buds wanting more. Here’s how to make it:  

A person showing how to cook pasta, saute garlic, and make a sauce with spinach.
  1. Cook the pasta: Bring a large pot of water to a boil. Add in the pasta and follow the package instructions to cook until it’s al dente. Once cooked, drain the pasta and save half a cup of the pasta water. Return the pasta to the pot and set aside. 
  2. Saute the garlic: As your pasta cooks, heat the olive oil in a large pan over medium heat and add the garlic. Saute for 1 minute, stirring constantly. 
  3. Add in your leafy greens: Add the spinach, salt, and pepper to the pan of sauteed garlic. Cook, tossing regularly until the spinach has wilted. At first, it will look like it is a lot of spinach, but as it cooks, it will go down to nothing.
  4. Transfer to a food processor: Transfer your cooked spinach into a food processor or blender and add in the parmesan cheese, lemon juice, and the reserved pasta water. 
Two images showing how to combine a spinach-based sauce with pasta.
  1. Blend: Process the spinach sauce for pasta until fully pureed, taste, and add additional seasoning as desired. During the blending process, you may have to stop and scrape the sides of the bowl.
  2. Combine with the pasta: Pour the blended spinach pasta sauce over the cooked pasta, using tongs to toss and combine gently. Serve your green spinach pasta with extra parmesan cheese on top.

How to Make Ahead, Store Leftovers, and Reheat?

Make this creamy green pasta sauce in no time for a quick, on-demand weeknight meal, or make it ahead of time as part of your meal prep for the week. Here are some storage and reheating tips:

  • Make ahead: You can make this creamy spinach pasta sauce up to two days in advance as part of your meal prep. If you’d like to make the sauce before cooking your pasta, you can substitute vegetable stock or water for the pasta water used in the recipe. Be sure to keep it in the fridge in an airtight container.
  • Store: To store, let the pasta with green sauce come to room temperature before placing it in an airtight container. It will keep in the fridge for 2-3 days.
  • Reheat: Reheat the sauce on the stovetop over low heat until warm. You can also reheat it in the microwave at 30-second intervals, stirring after each interval until warm. For both methods, you may need to add a little water to keep the sauce from drying out. 
Green pasta noodles in a bowl with a fork from the side view.

How to Serve?

While you can top a bowl of pasta with this simple healthy pasta sauce for a light lunch or dinner, you can also serve it as a side dish to accompany a number of your favorite entrees. Here are my serving recommendations:

FAQs

What is green pasta sauce called?

“What is the name of green pasta sauce?” is a common question featured in crossword puzzles! Green pasta sauce, sometimes called green noodle sauce, is often referred to as pesto sauce, which is traditionally made with basil, cheese, garlic, pine nuts, and oil. Our simple, made-from-scratch recipe is a creamy spinach sauce for pasta, which is a lighter alternative to pesto. 

What is a green pasta sauce made of?

Green noodle recipes have many possible variations, but our healthy sauce for pasta is made with spinach, parmesan cheese, lemon juice, garlic, and olive oil.

Other Pasta Recipes You Might Like

If you love this easy healthy pasta sauce and are looking for more healthy pasta sauce recipes, we have plenty of other tasty dishes you will love! Browse the links below for inspiration: 

If you try this Green Pasta Sauce recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Super green pasta in a bowl with a fork on the side from the side view.
Print

Green Pasta Sauce Recipe

This Green Pasta Sauce is a nutritious, lighter alternative to pesto that you can make in under 30 minutes. Packed with nutty parmesan cheese, vibrant spinach, and hints of lemon and garlic, this sauce is the perfect accompaniment to your favorite type of pasta. Enjoy this pasta dish alone as a light lunch or dinner, or serve it as a side to a number of main dishes.
Course Vegetarian Pasta
Cuisine American/Italian
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 25 minutes
Servings 4
Calories 557kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 pound spaghetti linguine, or any other pasta shape you have on hand
  • 2 tablespoons olive oil
  • 3 cloves garlic minced
  • 10 oz. fresh baby spinach leaves
  • ½ cup shredded parmesan cheese plus more for garnish – 50 gr.
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice
  • ½ teaspoon lemon zest optional

Instructions

  • Cook the pasta: Fill a large pot with water and add a few tablespoons of salt. Bring to a boil, add pasta and cook until al dente, following the package instructions. Reserve 1/2 cup of pasta water and drain the rest. Return the pasta to the pot and set it aside.
  • Saute the garlic: Meanwhile, heat olive oil in a large skillet over medium heat. Add garlic and saute for 1 minute while stirring constantly.
  • Add the spinach: Add the spinach leaves, salt, and pepper to the skillet. Cook, tossing often until the spinach is wilted and has lost most of its volume.
  • Transfer to a food processor: Transfer the now-cooked spinach to the bowl of a food processor*. Add in the parmesan cheese, lemon juice, and the reserved pasta water.
  • Blend: Process until fully pureed, stopping and scraping the sides as necessary. Give it a taste and add more seasoning, if desired.
  • Combine with the pasta: Pour the spinach pasta sauce over the cooked pasta, and use tongs to give it a gentle toss to combine.
  • Serve: Serve warm with extra parmesan cheese on top and lemon zest, if preferred.

Notes

  • Cream cheese: We wanted a green pasta sauce that is more on the healthier side, but if you are after an extra rich, creamy pasta, you can add two ounces of room-temperature cream cheese (or ricotta cheese) into the food processor with the rest of the ingredients.
  • Make ahead: You can make this green spinach pasta sauce up to two days in advance as part of your meal prep. If you’d like to make the sauce before cooking your pasta, you can substitute vegetable stock or water for the pasta water used in the recipe. Be sure to keep it in the fridge in an airtight container.
  • Store: To store, let it come to room temperature before placing it in an airtight container. It will keep in the fridge for 2-3 days.
  • Reheat: Reheat it on the stovetop over low heat until warm. You can also reheat it in the microwave at 30-second intervals, stirring after each interval until warm. For both methods, you may need to add a little water to keep the sauce from drying out. 
  • Food processor: If you do not have a food processor, you can use a blender.

Nutrition

Calories: 557kcal | Carbohydrates: 90g | Protein: 21g | Fat: 13g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 6g | Cholesterol: 11mg | Sodium: 573mg | Potassium: 692mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 4g | Vitamin A: 6756IU | Vitamin C: 24mg | Calcium: 211mg | Iron: 4mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/green-pasta-sauce/feed/ 0
Chicken Bolognese https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-bolognese/ https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-bolognese/#comments Tue, 25 Oct 2022 20:22:42 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=61142 Amongst all the chicken dinner recipes we have on this blog, the ones with an international flair have always been…]]>

Amongst all the chicken dinner recipes we have on this blog, the ones with an international flair have always been reader favorites. My Easy Chicken Fricassee Recipe, Slow Cooker Indian Chicken Curry, Tik Tok Marry Me Chicken, and Chicken Stroganoff are a few to name. So, when I tried this Italian-inspired ground chicken bolognese recipe, I knew that it needed to be on the blog.

A serving of chicken bolognese in a bowl from the top view.

Ingredients

To make chicken with bolognese sauce, gather spaghetti, olive oil, yellow onion, carrots, ground chicken, tomato paste, minced garlic, dried oregano, fresh thyme leaves, red pepper flakes, kosher salt, black pepper, diced tomatoes, chicken stock, dry white wine, and bay leaves. You may also top your pasta with fresh basil leaves and shredded Parmesan cheese.

Ingredients for pasta with a tomato-based sauce from the top view.

Substitutions and Optional Add-Ins

  • Pasta: Spaghetti is my favorite pasta for chicken bolognese, but any pasta shape would work. If short pasta is your pasta of choice, I suggest serving cavatelli with chicken bolognese. Or, if you’re a fan of wide noodles, chicken bolognese bucatini, tagliatelle or pappardelle makes a hearty meal the whole family can enjoy. You could also try gluten-free pasta, brown rice, or even quinoa pasta in this recipe. Zucchini noodles also work for a low-carb version of this classic dish.
  • Ground chicken: Though I use ground chicken in my bolognese recipe, ground turkey makes a great substitute. You can also add tenderness to your chicken spaghetti by using other chicken parts, like chicken thighs or chicken breasts. Simply sprinkle your chicken with salt and pepper, sear it in olive oil, and cube it before adding it to your bolognese.
  • Tomatoes: While most varieties of tomatoes will work in this bolognese recipe, I recommend using San Marzano tomatoes. These tomatoes tend to be sweeter, giving your pasta sauce a rich depth of flavor. While it is not traditional, you can also use a jar of your marinara sauce as a substitute for tomatoes.
  • Wine: I use white wine to make my ground chicken meat sauce. However, you can use red wine to give your recipe a robust, full-bodied flavor. You could also omit wine altogether and add a splash of apple cider vinegar to your sauce at the very end.
  • Milk: Even though the authentic bolognese recipe is made with whole milk, I don’t use any dairy in my chicken bolognese sauce. However, you may add ¾ cup of heavy cream or milk to give your dish extra creaminess. You could even use evaporated milk to make your dish, just like the iconic Katie Lee chicken bolognese. If you’d prefer to use a milk alternative, almond milk is also an option.

How to Make This Recipe?

This recipe for chicken bolognese comes together in just 40 minutes, making it the ultimate weeknight meal. Take the effort out of dinner prep with these detailed step-by-step instructions.

A person cooking pasta and making a meat sauce from the top view.
  1. Cook the pasta: Fill a large pot with water and add a decent amount of kosher salt (which is the secret for properly seasoned pasta.) Turn the heat to medium-high, add the pasta, and cook it according to the package instructions. Once your pasta is al dente, drain it, and set it aside.
  2. Saute the veggies: Add the olive oil to a large skillet (or a large Dutch oven – affiliate link), and heat it over medium-high heat. Add the chopped onions and carrots to the pan and cook, frequently stirring, until the carrots become tender (9-10 minutes).
  3. Cook the chicken: Add the ground chicken to the skillet and use a wooden spoon to break up any chunks. Cook the chicken mince until it is no longer pink.
  4. Simmer the sauce: Add the diced tomatoes, chicken stock, wine, and bay leaf to the skillet. Put on the lid, bring the mixture to a boil, and let it simmer for 10 minutes. The mixture should slightly thicken during this time.
A person adding pasta to a ground chicken meat sauce from the top view.
  1. Toss the pasta: Remove the bay leaves from the chicken bolognese sauce and add the drained pasta to the skillet. Gently toss the mixture to coat each pasta noodle in the sauce.
  2. Garnish and serve: Sprinkle your pasta with Parmesan cheese and fresh basil leaves. Taste the dish, add in any necessary seasoning, and serve.

How to Make Ahead, Store, Freeze, and Thaw?

This easy chicken bolognese is a must for simple meal prep. You’ll fall head over heels for this recipe’s minimal prep work, easy-to-freeze sauce, and tantalizingly fresh flavor. 

  • Make ahead: To make this pasta recipe ahead of time, prepare the sauce up to 2 days in advance. Then, store the sauce in an airtight container in the fridge. Wait until you’re ready to serve the dish before making the pasta. Before serving, toss the cooked pasta with the sauce and garnish it with Parmesan cheese and basil leaves.
  • Storage: You can store leftovers in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 2-3 days. You can reheat it in a large skillet over medium heat. If it is too thick, feel free to add a splash of water or chicken broth.
  • Freeze: If you’re planning to freeze this pasta recipe, I recommend only freezing the sauce. Store your bolognese sauce in an airtight container in the freezer, and it will stay fresh for up to 2 months.
  • Thaw: To thaw your chicken bolognese, put it in the fridge overnight. Warm it up before serving using a saucepan over medium-low heat or the microwave.

What to Serve It With

With bold, classic flavor, this chicken bolognese recipe makes a tasty pair with dozens of easy sides. Satisfy all your cravings with this delicious list, from garden-fresh salads to flaky garlic bread.

  • Salads: Serving bolognese chicken with a crisp salad is a nutritious pairing that works all year round. Try out one of my autumn salad recipes to serve as a side salad. Or, prepare one of my spring salads or summer salad recipes for a light, colorful pair. For a 15-minute fix, my Spring Mix Salad and Creamy Cucumber Salad are fan favorites that never go out of season.
  • Vegetables: For a side that’s nutritious, savory, and warm, cooked veggies are the way to go. The rich, meaty flavor of Baked Shiitake Mushrooms pairs wonderfully with healthy chicken bolognese, and my Roasted Asparagus Recipe will bring out all the herby undertones of your pasta dish.
  • Bread: Few things pair better with rich, herby pasta than authentic Italian bread. You’ll want to sop up every last drop of your classic bolognese sauce with my Crusty Olive Bread. Or, bake a loaf of garlic bread for an irresistible side. You could even make a garlic spread from homemade Oven Roasted Garlic for extra bold flavor.
Spaghetti with a ground chicken sauce in a skillet from the top view.

FAQs

What is chicken bolognese made of?

Chicken bolognese is a classic Italian red sauce made from ground chicken, onions, carrots, tomato sauce, milk, and Italian herbs and spices.

What does “bolognese” mean in Italian?

The word “bolognese” refers to Bologna, Italy—the Italian city from which pasta bolognese originates. Therefore, “bolognese” literally translates to “of or relating to Bologna.”

What is the difference between meat sauce and bolognese?

Though made from similar ingredients, meat sauce and bolognese have radically different textures. The American meat sauce is a tomato-based sauce simmered with ground meat. By contrast, Italian bolognese is often slow-cooked with tomato sauce and milk, resulting in a thicker, creamier texture.

Other Must-Try Weeknight Pasta Recipes:

If you try this Chicken Bolognese recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.
Pasta with a ground chicken sauce in a bowl with a fork from the top view.
Print

Chicken Bolognese Recipe

This Chicken Bolognese is the perfect 40-minute recipe for an Italian weeknight dinner! The delicious, tomato-based pasta sauce is made with ground chicken, white wine, and lots of herbs and spices, and also freezes well for easy meal prep. Serve it with some bread and a side salad for a family-favorite meal.
Course Main Course – Pasta Dish
Cuisine Italian
Diet Halal
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 25 minutes
Total Time 40 minutes
Servings 4
Calories 850kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 pound pasta I used spaghetti, but any shape of pasta would work
  • 2 tablespoons olive oil
  • 1 yellow onion chopped (about a cup)
  • 2 medium carrots cut into small pieces (about a cup)
  • 1 pound ground chicken
  • 2 tablespoons tomato paste
  • 2 cloves of garlic minced
  • 1 teaspoon dried oregano
  • 1 teaspoon fresh thyme leaves chopped
  • ¼ teaspoon red pepper flakes optional
  • 1 teaspoon Kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 15 oz can diced tomatoes
  • 1 cup chicken stock
  • ½ cup dry white wine* optional
  • 2 bay leaves
  • ½ cup fresh basil leaves
  • 1 cup shredded parmesan cheese optional

Instructions

  • Boil the pasta: Fill a large pot with water and sprinkle it liberally with kosher salt. Add the pasta and cook it according to the package instructions until al dente. Drain and set aside.
  • Saute the veggies: Heat olive oil in a large skillet over medium-high heat. Add onion and carrots and cook, stirring frequently, until carrots are tender, 9-10 minutes.
  • Cook the chicken: Add the chicken and cook, breaking the chunks with a wooden spoon until the meat is no longer pink.
  • Add tomato paste: Add the tomato paste and cook, stirring constantly, for about a minute.
  • Stir in the spices: Stir in the garlic, dried oregano, thyme, red pepper flakes (if using), salt, and pepper. Cook for 30 seconds to a minute.
  • Add additional ingredients: Add the diced tomatoes, chicken stock, wine (if using), and bay leaf. Put the lid on, bring it to a boil and let it simmer for about 10-15 minutes. It should be slightly thickened.
  • Add the pasta: Remove the bay leaves and add the drained pasta to the bolognese sauce. Give it a gentle toss to make sure that the pasta is coated evenly with the sauce.
  • Serve: Sprinkle it with parmesan cheese (if using) and torn fresh basil leaves. Taste for seasoning and add in if necessary before serving.

Video

Notes

  • Wine: I use white wine to make my ground chicken meat sauce. However, you can use red wine to give your recipe a robust, full-bodied flavor. You could also omit wine altogether and add a splash of apple cider vinegar to your sauce at the very end.
  • Milk: Even though the authentic bolognese recipe is made with whole milk, I don’t use any dairy in my chicken bolognese sauce. However, you may add ¾ cup of whole milk to give your dish extra creaminess. You could even use evaporated milk to make your dish, just like the iconic Katie Lee chicken bolognese. If you’d prefer to use a milk alternative, almond milk is also an option.
  • Make ahead: To make this pasta recipe ahead of time, prepare the sauce up to 2 days in advance. Then, store the sauce in an airtight container in the fridge. Wait until you’re ready to serve the dish before making the pasta. Before serving, toss the cooked pasta with the sauce, and garnish it with Parmesan cheese and basil leaves.
  • Storage: You can store leftovers in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 2-3 days. You can reheat it in a large skillet over medium heat. If it is too thick, feel free to add a splash of water or chicken broth.
  • Freeze: If you’re planning to freeze this dish, I recommend only freezing the sauce. Store your chicken bolognese sauce in an airtight container in the freezer, and it will stay fresh for up to 2 months.
  • Thaw: To thaw it, put it in the fridge overnight. Warm it up before serving using a saucepan over medium-low heat or the microwave.

Nutrition

Calories: 850kcal | Carbohydrates: 103g | Protein: 46g | Fat: 26g | Saturated Fat: 8g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 4g | Monounsaturated Fat: 11g | Trans Fat: 0.1g | Cholesterol: 121mg | Sodium: 1416mg | Potassium: 1418mg | Fiber: 7g | Sugar: 10g | Vitamin A: 5788IU | Vitamin C: 17mg | Calcium: 328mg | Iron: 5mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/chicken-bolognese/feed/ 10
Gigi Hadid Pasta Recipe (Spicy Vodka Pasta Sauce) https://foolproofliving.com/gigi-hadid-pasta-recipe/ https://foolproofliving.com/gigi-hadid-pasta-recipe/#comments Mon, 10 Oct 2022 21:17:07 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=60794 This supermodel’s variation of penne alla vodka went viral on Instagram and Tiktok in 2020, and the recipe has only…]]>

This supermodel’s variation of penne alla vodka went viral on Instagram and Tiktok in 2020, and the recipe has only gained popularity since then. Even Gigi’s sister, Bella Hadid, has jumped on the bandwagon, and fellow model Hailey Bieber has also tried her hand at this 30-minute recipe. 

Whether you are looking for a new favorite pasta dish or want to follow in the foot steps of celebrities, here is everything you need to know about Gigi Hadid’s Spicy Vodka Pasta Recipe. 

Pasta with a spicy cream sauce topped with basil in a skillet from the top view.

Recipe Ingredients

Gigi Hadid’s spicy vodka pasta recipe uses classic Italian ingredients like garlic, onion, basil, and parmesan cheese. Plus, the addition of heavy cream makes the vodka sauce so rich and irresistible. 

Ingredients for a pasta with spicy vodka sauce from the top view.

You’ll need two sets of simple ingredients for this recipe. For the pasta component, all you need is a pound of shell pasta (or any pasta shape you prefer). 

To make the spicy vodka pasta sauce recipe, gather extra virgin olive oil, an onion, garlic, tomato paste, heavy cream, unsalted butter, kosher salt, black pepper, chili flakes, vodka, parmesan cheese, and fresh basil leaves.

Ingredient Notes & Optional Add Ins

When it comes to making this restaurant-quality pasta dish, it’s hard to go wrong. If you don’t have all the ingredients on hand, feel free to make it your own with substitutions or add-ins. Here are some suggestions: 

  • Pasta: While Hadid uses pasta shells for this TikTok recipe, any kind of pasta you prefer would work. For example, you can use rigatoni, noodles, fusilli, other variations of white pasta, or even whole wheat pasta. Or, use penne pasta to make it a classic spicy penne alla vodka recipe. 
  • Onion: Hadid mentions using either a red onion or a shallot in her pasta sauce recipe, so feel free to use one of those if you have either on hand. I chose to use a white onion because I personally like the flavor of the sauce with this type of onion. 
  • Vodka: Use your favorite brand of vodka for this TikTok vodka sauce, as any brand will do the trick to enhance the flavor of the dish. 
  • Basil: While fragrant, fresh basil leaves take this pasta to the next level, you can also use an equal amount of fresh parsley or a teaspoon (or more) dried basil in the creamy tomato sauce instead. 
  • Add chicken: Add some extra protein by making this Gigi Hadid pasta with chicken. Try adding my easy Air Fryer Chicken Legs, or top off the pasta with this Baked Bone-In Chicken Breast or Greek Yogurt Chicken (aka my go-to grilled chicken recipe). 
  • Make it vegan: Just because the original recipe uses a lot of dairy doesn’t mean it can’t be vegan! To make this a vegan Gigi Hadid pasta, simply substitute coconut cream for the heavy cream and use vegan parmesan and vegan butter. 

How to Make It Without Vodka

If you wish to make this pasta recipe without vodka, I have you covered. As it turns out, you can make Gigi Hadid’s pasta sauce completely alcohol-free. Here are a few vodka substitutes:

  • Lemon juice: A tablespoon of freshly squeezed lemon juice is a great substitute for vodka while still giving the sauce recipe an acidic kick. 
  • Apple cider vinegar: Apple cider vinegar provides that acidic, slightly alcoholic taste while being alcohol-free. This stuff is strong, so all you need to do is add a splash to your Gigi Hadid vodka pasta recipe without vodka. 
  • Pasta water: Adding a splash of pasta water in place of the vodka will give your spicy vodka pasta without vodka more flavor and thin it out a bit. 
  • Omit: The easiest way to make vodka sauce without vodka is to simply omit it! The penna alla vodka purists might disagree, but this recipe would still turn out delicious without vodka, so feel free to omit it and make your creamy tomato-based sauce without alcohol. 

How to Make Gigi Hadid Pasta?

This vodka pasta dish packs a lot of flavor for how simple and easy it is to make at home.

You’ll be surprised it’s not from a fancy Italian restaurant! Simply follow the steps below to have this dish on the table in about 30 minutes. 

A person showing how to boil pasta and make a pasta sauce from the top view.
  1. Cook the pasta: Add water and a generous amount of salt to a large pot and bring to a boil. Add the pasta and cook until al dente, following the package directions if needed. Before draining, keep a cup of pasta water for later.  
  2. Saute the onions: While the pasta cooks, make the sauce. To do so, add the oil to a saucepan or large skillet and heat over medium heat for about 2-3 minutes. Add the onion and saute for 3-4 minutes, constantly stirring, until soft. 
  3. Add the garlic: Add the garlic to the pan and cook, constantly stirring, for 30 seconds. 
  4. Add the tomato paste: Add in the tomato paste and constantly stir with a whisk (or a wooden spoon) for 1-2 minutes. If it separates or appears curdled, that is normal and nothing to worry about. 
A person showing how to make a sauce with vodka from the top view.
  1. Pour in the heavy cream: Pour the heavy cream into the pan and whisk the spicy pasta sauce until combined. Bring to a boil and simmer for up to a minute. Keep an eye on it and continue stirring constantly. 
  2. Stir in the butter and the seasonings: Add the butter, salt and pepper, and red pepper flakes, if using. Whisk until the butter has melted.
  3. Add the (optional) vodka: Take the pan off the heat. If using vodka, add it to the creamy sauce and stir to combine. To make a no vodka vodka sauce, simply omit the vodka or try one of the substitutions listed above. 
  4. Combine with the pasta: Add the cooked pasta to the sauce and toss to combine. If it appears too thick or starts sticking, add a splash or two of the reserved pasta water. 
A person adding parmesan and basil to a vodka pasta from the top view.
  1. Garnish and serve: Top with parmesan cheese and garnish with chopped basil leaves. Serve.

FAQs

What is Gigi Hadid pasta?

The Gigi Hadid pasta is a viral social media recipe made famous by the supermodel Gigi Hadid after she shared it on her Instagram stories. The recipe is her version of the classic pasta dish, spicy vodka pasta, made with heavy cream, tomato paste, and vodka.

How many calories is a serving of Gigi Hadid’s pasta recipe?

One serving of the Gigi Hadid pasta recipe is about 690 calories per serving.

How to make Gigi Hadid pasta without vodka?

It’s easy to make Gigi Hadid pasta without vodka. In place of the vodka, you can use a tablespoon of fresh lemon juice, a splash of apple cider vinegar, or a little bit of pasta water. Or, simply omit the vodka without a substitute.

Can I Use A Different Kind Of Pasta In This Recipe?

Yes, you can. I recommend using a pasta shape that will hold onto the sauce. The supermodel uses orecchiette, but ziti, rigatoni, and penne are also great alternatives.

Can I make this recipe less spicy?

You sure can. Just adjust the amount of red pepper flakes you use or omit them altogether.

How to Store & Reheat?

This dish is easy to store and reheat, so you can enjoy it over the next few days if you weren’t able to polish it off in one sitting (as much as you might want to). Here are some tips:

  • Store: Store your pasta in an airtight container in the fridge for 2-3 days. 
  • Reheat: The best way to reheat this dish is on the stove. I recommend adding a splash of half and half, heavy cream, or water while heating to return the dish to a creamy consistency. 

What to Serve It With?

Serve this spicy pasta alla vodka alone for a quick, simple, and supermodel-approved weeknight meal, or amp it up by pairing it with a side dish. Here are my serving recommendations: 

A serving of Gigi Hadid creamy pasta with basil in a bowl from the top view.

Other Weeknight Pasta Recipes You Might Also Like

Italian nights always call for a delicious, cheesy pasta dish, some crusty bread, and a yummy side salad, so why not have more of them? For more pasta night inspiration, check out a few more easy pasta recipes below:

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you try this Gigi Hadid Pasta recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

A pasta with vodka cream sauce in a skillet from the top view.
Print

Gigi Hadid Pasta Recipe

This Gigi Hadid Pasta, a viral recipe shared by the supermodel on social media, is a delicious spin on penne alla vodka. With a spicy, creamy vodka sauce, perfectly al dente shells, and lots of basil and parmesan, this recipe is a must-make for a quick and easy weeknight dinner.
Course Weeknight Dinner
Cuisine Italian
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 6
Calories 690kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 pound shell pasta or any shape you like such as penne, orecchiette, ziti etc.
  • ½ cup olive oil
  • 1 small onion chopped – about 2/3 cup
  • 4 cloves of garlic minced
  • cup tomato paste
  • 1 cup heavy cream
  • 2 tablespoons unsalted butter
  • ½ teaspoon Kosher salt*
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper
  • 1 teaspoon red pepper flakes optional
  • 2 tablespoon vodka optional
  • ½ cup shredded parmesan cheese
  • ½ cup fresh basil leaves loosely packed – or 1 teaspoon dried basil

Instructions

  • Cook the pasta: Fill a big pot with water and a generous amount of salt. Bring to a boil, add the pasta, and cook, following the package instructions, until al dente. Reserve 1 cup of the pasta water before draining, drain and set aside.
  • Saute the onions: Heat oil in a large saucepan over medium heat until warm, 2-3 minutes. Add in the onion, constantly stirring, and cook for 3-4 minutes until the onions are softened.
  • Cook the garlic: Stir in the garlic and cook, constantly stirring, for 30 seconds.
  • Add the tomato paste: Add the tomato paste and cook, constantly stirring with a wooden spoon, for 1-2 minutes. It might separate a little bit (and look like it is a bit curdled). That is normal.
  • Add the heavy cream: Pour in the heavy cream and whisk until combined. Bring the mixture to a boil and let it simmer for 30 seconds to a minute. This happens so quickly, so do not leave sight of it and do not stop stirring.
  • Stir in the butter and seasonings: Stir in butter, salt and pepper and red pepper flakes, if using.
  • Pour in the (optional) vodka: Off the heat; if using, stir in the vodka and mix.
  • Combine with the pasta: Add the now-cooked pasta to the vodka sauce. Give it a toss to make sure that the sauce is evenly distributed. Pour in some of the reserved pasta water if it gets too thick or starts sticking.
  • Garnish and serve: Finish it off with parmesan cheese and chopped basil. Ladle into bowls and serve.

Video

Notes

  • Servings: This recipe serves 4 people generously, but you can stretch it to serve 6 if you serve it as a side dish. You can also half the recipe by using 8 ounce/ 225 grams of pasta (usually half a box).
  • Store: Store your pasta in an airtight container in the fridge for 2-3 days.
  • Reheat: I think the best way to reheat this dish is on the stove. However, you can use your microwave too. I recommend adding a splash of milk, half and half, heavy cream, or water while heating to return the dish to a creamy consistency.
  • How to make it without vodka? You can easily make this recipe without using vodka. Simply use one of the suggestions below or omit it.
    • Lemon juice: A tablespoon of freshly squeezed lemon juice is a great substitute for vodka while still giving the vodka sauce recipe an acidic kick. 
    • Apple cider vinegar: Apple cider vinegar provides that acidic, slightly alcoholic taste while being alcohol-free. This stuff is strong, so all you need to do is add a splash. 
    • Pasta water: Adding a splash of pasta water in place of the vodka will give your spicy vodka pasta without vodka more flavor and thin it out a bit. 

Nutrition

Calories: 690kcal | Carbohydrates: 67g | Protein: 15g | Fat: 40g | Saturated Fat: 16g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 3g | Monounsaturated Fat: 18g | Trans Fat: 0.2g | Cholesterol: 62mg | Sodium: 592mg | Potassium: 566mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 8g | Vitamin A: 1421IU | Vitamin C: 9mg | Calcium: 140mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/gigi-hadid-pasta-recipe/feed/ 2
Sweet Potato Noodles https://foolproofliving.com/sweet-potato-noodle-pad-thai/ https://foolproofliving.com/sweet-potato-noodle-pad-thai/#comments Wed, 28 Sep 2022 01:51:54 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=12110 What are Sweet Potato Noodles? Sweet potato noodles are a type of “noodle” made from spiralizing sweet potatoes into a…]]>

What are Sweet Potato Noodles?

Sweet potato noodles are a type of “noodle” made from spiralizing sweet potatoes into a shape similar to spaghetti or angel hair pasta. You can buy spiralized sweet potato noodles at the grocery store or make them at home by feeding skinned sweet potatoes through a spiralizer.

A pot of noodles made from sweet potatoes from the top view.

The sweet potato spiral noodles we are featuring in this recipe are not the same as Korean sweet potato glass noodles (also known as japchae noodles, Korean potato noodles, and Korean vermicelli potato noodles). Korean sweet potato noodles consist of sweet potato starch and water, whereas my noodles come from whole sweet potatoes.

I use a spiralizer to make the sweet potato spaghetti used in this recipe. However, you can find out below how to make spiralized sweet potato noodles without a spiralizer.

How are they Made?

If you’ve ever wondered, “How are sweet potato noodles made?” you’ll be happy to see that they are super easy to make. Yes, you do need a spiralizer (I use this Paderno Spiralizer – affiliate link), but it is a rather inexpensive one-time investment.

Once you have your equipment ready, spiralizing sweet potatoes requires the following three steps:

A person showing how to peel and cut a sweet potato from the top view.
  1. Cut and peel the sweet potatoes: Use a sharp knife to cut off both ends of the sweet potato. Then, peel off the skin using a vegetable peeler. Once peeled, cut the sweet potatoes in half, right down the middle.
  2. Align the sweet potato: Secure your spiralizer on the countertop to keep it from moving (for instance, my spiralizer has suction cups on its bottom to help keep it in place). Take one of your sweet potato halves, line it up with the center prong on your spiralizer, and press it firmly into the prong. Then, press the other end of the spiralizer to secure the sweet potato from both sides.
A person showing how to spiral a sweet potato from the top view.
  1. Spiralize: Once you secure the sweet potato half, spin the side handle of the spiralizer clockwise while applying pressure. Continue turning the handle until you spiralize the entire sweet potato half. Repeat steps 2 and 3 until you have spiralized all of your sweet potatoes.

What if I Don’t Have a Spiralizer?

If you don’t have a spiralizer, don’t worry! You can also prepare them using a julienne peeler (affiliate link). Just keep in mind that this method will likely require more physical effort. Also, because the noodles will turn out thinner, they will take less time to cook than spiralized vegetable noodles.

To reduce preparation time, you can also buy pre-prepared sweet potato noodles at the grocery store in lieu of using a spiralizer.

Recipe Ingredients

To make this recipe with sweet potato noodles, you’ll need two sets of ingredients:

Ingredients for sauce for sweet potato noodles from the top view.

For the sauce, you’ll need unsweetened, smooth peanut butter, tamari (or soy sauce), sesame oil, maple syrup, freshly grated ginger, minced garlic, fresh lime juice, salt, and vegetable stock.

Ingredients for a bowl of noodles made from sweet potatoes from the top view.

For the noodles, you’ll need olive oil, onion, red or yellow bell pepper, sweet potatoes, vegetable stock, edamame, and fresh cilantro.

You can also garnish them with sesame seeds, green onions, and lightly salted peanuts (roughly chopped).

Substitutions & Optional Add-Ins

There are countless ways to customize this gluten free sweet potato noodles recipe. These delicious add-ins will take your dish to the next level, from a pop of spice to natural oils.

  • Tamari: I use tamari in my noodle dish to make it gluten-free. However, soy sauce works just as well.
  • Nut butter: Don’t want to use peanut butter in your pasta sauce? Good news: Almond butter makes an excellent substitute for this sweet potato pasta.
  • Oil: I use sesame oil to give my potato and noodles a nutty Asian flavor. However, this recipe also works with light-flavored olive oil or avocado oil.
  • Add mushrooms: Few things amplify the taste of these tender veggie noodles more than earthy, buttery mushrooms. Add shiitake mushrooms to your noodles at the start of the recipe, and the mushrooms will come out beautifully sautéed. Or, add Roasted Shiitake Mushrooms just before serving your dish for extra smoky flavor.
  • Chili paste: Add a zing of sweet-and-spicy flavor by adding one teaspoon of chili paste to your sweet potato spaghetti recipe.

How to Cook?

Cooking sweet potato noodles is a simple, healthy way to treat yourself to full-bodied Asian flavor. You can have this delicious dish from spiralizer to table in just half an hour.

A person showing how to cook noodles made from yams.
  1. Spiralize the sweet potatoes: Trim, peel, and cut your sweet potatoes to prepare them for spiralization. Then, attach the sweet potato halves to your spiralizer, one by one, and turn the handle clockwise until you spiralize each half. Continue spiralizing your sweet potato halves until you have enough noodles.
  2. Mix the dressing: In a small bowl, whisk together the peanut butter, tamari, sesame oil, maple syrup, ginger, minced garlic, lime juice, salt, and vegetable stock. Refrigerate the mixture until you are ready to use it.
  3. Saute the veggies: Heat the olive oil in a large skillet over medium heat. Add the onion and pepper to the skillet and cook them, frequently stirring, until they turn translucent (5-7 minutes).
  4. Cook the noodles: Add the spiralized sweet potatoes and vegetable stock to the skillet. Using a pair of kitchen tongs, cook sweet potato noodles tossing gently every few minutes until they are al dente and lose most of their volume, for 6-7 minutes.
A person adding dressing and toppings to sweet potato spirals.
  1. Add the dressing: Pour the dressing over the noodles and toss the mixture until the noodles have an equal layer of dressing. Cook the coated noodles until they are warm (2-3 minutes).
  2. Stir in the edamame: Take the noodles off the heat, then stir in the edamame and chopped cilantro.
  3. Serve: Divide the noodles among four bowls and garnish each dish with sesame seeds, green onions, and peanuts. Serve.

How to Make Ahead and Store

Preparing sweet potato zoodles is a great way to fit meal prep into your schedule. Whether you serve this dish at a party or pack it for an easy lunch, these storage tips are just what you need.

  • Make ahead: To make sweet potato noodles ahead of time, spiralize your sweet potatoes up to 3-4 days in advance. Just be sure to remove air from the noodles’ container during storage. I recommend storing them in an airtight jar or a Ziploc bag with as much air removed as possible. You can also prepare the dressing up to two days in advance, storing it in an airtight container. Finally, you may also chop your vegetables on the day you plan to serve your noodles dish to eliminate prep time.
  • Store: To store leftovers, place them in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 2-3 days.

How to Serve?

As the main dish: Whether you serve it warm, at room temperature, or cold, this dish is a delicious lunch or dinner that is perfect when you are in need of a light meal with lots of flavors.

As a tasty side: This recipe also makes a delicious side dish alongside dozens of meat dishes with a similar flavor profile. Serve your vegetable noodles with Chicken Teriyaki Stir Fry or Crock Pot Butter Chicken for a bold and saucy pair. Or, try my Cauliflower Curry or Thai Lemongrass Chicken for meals as vibrant as they are easy.

A bowl of yam noodles with edamame and cilantro from the top view.

FAQs

Where to buy sweet potato noodles?

Most grocery stores sell sweet potato noodles in their refrigerated section, often near other frozen pasta.

Are sweet potato noodles healthy?

Yes! Sweet potato noodles contain high amounts of vitamins, antioxidants, and fiber, making them a popular choice among health-conscious eaters.

What are sweet potato noodles made of?

They consist of peeled sweet potatoes cut into shape using a spiralizer. However, the Korean version of this dish—japchae noodles—is made from sweet potato starch and water.

Is sweet potato noodles carb?

Yes, sweet potato noodles contain carbs. Generally, 1 cup of sweet potato noodles has 23 g. of carbs.

What do sweet potato noodles taste like?

Though incredibly mild, sweet potato noodles have a hint of the sweet, nutty flavor typical among sweet potatoes. They also have a tender, slightly chewy texture that tastes heavenly in pasta dishes.

Other Sweet Potato Recipes You Might Also Like

Want even more sweet potatoes on your table? The following recipes are some of the best ways to incorporate this festive (and healthy!) vegetable into your cooking.

If you try this recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

A bowl of sweet potato noodles garnished with cilantro.
Print

Sweet Potato Noodles Recipe

This easy Sweet Potato Noodles recipe is loaded with Asian-inspired flavors, like ginger, edamame and cilantro, and is tossed in a sweet and savory peanut sauce. Throw this easy dish together for a satisfying lunch or a light, nutritious dinner
Course Main Dish
Cuisine Thai Cuisine
Diet Gluten Free, Vegan
Prep Time 25 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 40 minutes
Servings 4 Servings
Calories 291kcal

Ingredients

For the dressing:

  • 3 tablespoons unsweetened and smooth peanut butter
  • 3 tablespoons tamari*
  • 1 teaspoon sesame oil
  • 1 tablespoon maple syrup
  • 1 teaspoon freshly grated ginger
  • 2 cloves garlic minced
  • 2 tablespoons lime juice freshly squeezed
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • 3 tablespoons vegetable stock more as needed

For the Noodles:

  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 1 small onion chopped
  • 1 red or yellow bell pepper seeded and sliced thinly
  • 2 medium-size sweet potatoes peeled and spiralized (as seen in the photos) – You should have 5-6 cups of “noodles”
  • ¼ cup vegetable stock
  • ½ cup edamame
  • 3 tablespoons chopped cilantro

As Garnish:

  • 1 tablespoon sesame seeds
  • 1-2 stalks green onions both white and green parts chopped
  • 2 tablespoons lightly salted peanuts coarsely chopped

Instructions

  • To make the dressing: Whisk together all the dressing ingredients in a bowl, cover with plastic wrap, and refrigerate until you are ready to use it.
  • To cook the sweet potato noodles: Heat olive oil in a large skillet in medium heat. Add in the onion and pepper. Cook, stirring frequently, until translucent, 5-7 minutes.
  • Add in the sweet potato noodles and vegetable stock and cook, stirring frequently, for 6-7 minutes.
  • Pour the dressing over the noodles and give it a large stir, making sure that the noodles are coated with the dressing. Cook 2-3 minutes until it is warm.
  • Off the heat, stir in the edamame and chopped cilantro.
  • To serve, divide the noodles in 4 bowls and garnish each one with sesame seeds, green onions, and peanuts.
  • Serve immediately.

Video

Notes

  • If you are not gluten-sensitive, you can use soy sauce instead of tamari, but make sure to taste the dressing before adding more salt to it. 
  • To Make ahead: To make this dish ahead of time, spiralize your sweet potatoes up to 3-4 days in advance. Just be sure to remove air from the noodles’ container during storage. I recommend storing them in an airtight jar or a Ziploc bag with as much air removed as possible. You can also prepare the dressing up to two days in advance, storing it in an airtight container. Finally, you may also chop your vegetables on the day you plan to serve your noodles dish to eliminate prep time.
  • Store: To store leftovers, place them in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 2-3 days.
 

Nutrition

Calories: 291kcal | Carbohydrates: 40g | Protein: 10g | Fat: 11g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Sodium: 1289mg | Potassium: 708mg | Fiber: 7g | Sugar: 12g | Vitamin A: 17068IU | Vitamin C: 47mg | Calcium: 88mg | Iron: 2mg

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/sweet-potato-noodle-pad-thai/feed/ 44
Lemon Ricotta Pasta https://foolproofliving.com/lemon-ricotta-pasta/ https://foolproofliving.com/lemon-ricotta-pasta/#comments Thu, 02 Jun 2022 20:21:46 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=52971 If you’ve ever wondered how to add ricotta to pasta, this dish is for you. Inspired by the New York…]]>

If you’ve ever wondered how to add ricotta to pasta, this dish is for you. Inspired by the New York Times’ lemon ricotta pasta, this recipe is as tasty as it is versatile. Add sauteed shrimp for a mouthwatering Shrimp Ricotta Pasta, or mix in blanched peas for an easy pasta recipe as veggie-packed as my Mushroom and Pea Pasta. No matter how you prepare it, this filling ricotta lemon pasta is guaranteed to satisfy all your cravings.

Ricotta Lemon Pasta with spinach in a bowl from the top view

Ingredients You’ll Need

To make lemon ricotta spinach pasta, gather pasta, fresh spinach leaves (I use baby spinach), and kosher salt.

Ingredients for the recipe

You’ll also need whole milk ricotta cheese, shredded parmesan cheese, minced garlic, lemon zest, fresh lemon juice, salt, and black pepper for the ricotta lemon sauce. You may also choose to add red pepper flakes if desired.

Substitutions & Variations

  • Pasta: You can use almost any pasta to make noodles with ricotta cheese. I suggest using short pasta, like rigatoni or penne, for a hearty texture. However, you can also use long pasta to make lemon ricotta bucatini or spaghetti with ricotta sauce. Gluten-free pasta also works for a diet-friendly version.
  • Spinach: If you’re not a fan of spinach, Swiss chard and kale make easy and nutritious substitutes. You can also top your dish with fresh arugula or mix in fresh herbs like basil or parsley to give it a light, delicious flavor.
  • Pesto Vinaigrette: To give your creamy spinach ricotta an herby kick, I suggest adding a few tablespoons of homemade Basil Pesto Vinaigrette.

How to Make Pasta With Ricotta Cheese

This ricotta lemon pasta recipe takes minimal effort and a handful of ingredients to prepare. Even beginner chefs can make this dish any night of the week.

images showing how to make lemon ricotta pasta recipe
  1. Cook the pasta: Fill a large pot with water and 4 tablespoons of salt. When properly seasoned, your pasta water should taste like seawater. Bring the mixture to a boil, add the pasta, and cook it according to package instructions or until it becomes al dente.
  2. Add the spinach: Right before draining the pasta, add the spinach to the pot and cook for 30-45 seconds. Then, reserve 1 cup of the pasta water and drain the rest of the pasta. Once it is fully drained, add the cooked pasta back to the pan.
  3. Make the lemon ricotta pasta sauce: While the pasta cooks, mix the fresh ricotta cheese, parmesan cheese, garlic, lemon zest, lemon juice, salt, and pepper in a bowl.
  4. Add the pasta water: Add ½ cup of the reserved starchy pasta water to the sauce ingredients. Whisk the mixture until it becomes creamy.
  5. Toss the pasta: Pour the lemon ricotta sauce over the pasta and gently toss the noodles until fully coated. The ingredients should turn very creamy, as the residual heat from the cooked pasta melts the ricotta-based pasta sauce. However, if necessary, you may add the rest of the reserved pasta liquid to the pot, turn the heat on for a minute, and toss the mixture until it reaches the desired consistency.
  6. Serve: Taste your ricotta and lemon pasta, and add any necessary seasoning. Then, garnish the dish with freshly grated parmesan cheese and if preferred, a splash of olive oil and a sprinkle of red pepper flakes. Serve!

How to Store

Say goodbye to wasted leftovers and complicated meal prep! With these simple storage tips, you won’t miss out on a single bite of your ricotta lemon pasta.

  • Make-Ahead: The dish comes together rather quickly but if you want you can make the ricotta mixture a day in advance and keep it in an airtight container in the fridge.
  • Store: To store your ricotta pasta, place the leftovers in an airtight container. The pasta will stay fresh for up to two days.
  • Reheat: When reheating your pasta, it may help to add a little bit of water to the mixture. Then, warm the pasta in a large skillet over medium heat, adding more water as necessary.
  • Freeze: I don’t recommend freezing this dish, as the extreme cold will ruin the texture of your pasta.

How to Serve

One of the best things about this one-pot lemon ricotta pasta is how easy it is to serve. This simple dish is versatile and delicious, making it the perfect addition to any meal plan.

Expert Tips

Elegant, tasty, and easy? Sounds too good to be true! I promise, though: This pasta recipe with ricotta cheese will come together in a cinch with these foolproof tips. 

  • Use whole milk ricotta: If you want your pasta to come out creamy, flavorful, and rich, whole milk ricotta is the way to go. You can even make your own creamy Ricotta Cheese for the most delicious pasta dish without the extra trip to the grocery store.
  • Season well: Ample seasoning is the key to making pasta with ricotta cheese. For maximum depth and flavor, be sure to taste this pasta dish as you go and season it well.
  • Move fast: It’s important to move fast when making this lemon ricotta pasta recipe. When prepared correctly, the residual heat of the cooked pasta should warm the parmesan and ricotta, giving the dish its signature creaminess. However, if your ricotta sauce doesn’t reach the desired consistency, you can some cooking water to the pot, turn on the heat, and toss the mixture until ready.
Spinach ricotta pasta in a bowl with a fork on the side

FAQs

It doesn’t hurt to have a little help when making ricotta cheese recipes with pasta. This handy guide will give you everything you need to make creamy lemon ricotta pasta like a pro.

How to use ricotta cheese in pasta?

The best way to cook ricotta cheese with pasta is to first prepare the ricotta sauce on the side. Then, add the sauce to the pasta once it’s cooked and drained.

Can I make this recipe with fat-free ricotta cheese?

Technically you can make this recipe with fat-free ricotta. However, skim and fat-free ricotta often leaves your pasta tasting grainy and perhaps even a bit bland. If you don’t want to use full-fat ricotta, you could try using cottage cheese instead.

What sauce goes with lemon and ricotta pasta?

If you want to add an extra layer of flavor to this rich dish, I suggest serving it with tomato sauces like marinara or homemade tomato basil sauce.

Do ricotta and lemon go together?

Absolutely! The creamy texture of ricotta cheese makes a mouthwatering pair with lemon’s bright, zesty taste. Don’t believe me? Try my Lemon Ricotta Pancakes, and you’ll be obsessed in no time.

Other Pasta Recipes You Might Like

It is no secret that creamy pasta recipes make easy weeknight dinners. If you liked this pasta with ricotta and lemon, I suspect you might enjoy the recipes I handpicked for you below.

If you try this Lemon Ricotta Pasta recipe or any other pasta recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Lemon Ricotta Pasta placed in a bowl
Print

Lemon Ricotta Pasta Recipe

Creamy and delicious Lemon Ricotta Pasta that you can make in 20 minutes! This is an easy vegetarian pasta dish that you can serve as a side dish with meat dishes or by itself for a satisfying meal.
Course Vegetarian Pasta
Cuisine American/Italian
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 20 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 196kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 pound pasta (bucatini, rigatoni, spaghetti, or penne would all work)
  • 2 cups baby spinach leaves (16 oz) rinsed
  • 1 cup whole-milk ricotta cheese
  • ½ cup shredded parmesan cheese more as garnish
  • 1 clove garlic minced
  • 1 tablespoon lemon zest
  • ¼ cup lemon juice freshly squeezed
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • Pinch of red pepper flakes optional
  • Drizzle of olive oil optional

Instructions

  • Bring a large pot of salted water to a boil. Add in the pasta of your choice and cook until al dente.
  • At the very last minute, right before draining the pasta, add in the spinach and cook for 30-45 seconds. Reserve 1 cup of pasta cooking water and drain the pasta.
  • Put the now-cooked pasta back in the pan.
  • Meanwhile, make the ricotta lemon pasta sauce by mixing ricotta cheese, parmesan cheese, garlic, lemon zest, lemon juice, and salt and pepper in a bowl.
  • Add in the ½ cup of reserved pasta sauce and whisk until creamy.
  • Add the lemon ricotta sauce to the pasta and give it a gentle toss. It should be very creamy as you toss it with the help of the residual heat coming from the freshly cooked pasta. If you need it, add in the rest of the reserved pasta liquid and turn the heat on for a minute or so as you toss and turn the pasta.
  • Taste for seasoning and add in if necessary. Garnish with a sprinkle of shredded parmesan cheese and a drizzle of olive oil and red pepper flakes, if using. Serve.

Notes

  • The serving size is approximately about 2 cups per person. If you are serving it as a main course it would feed 4 people but if you are serving as a side dish it would be good for 6 servings.
  • Store the leftovers in an airtight container in the fridge. It should stay fresh for up to two days.
  • Reheat with a little bit of water to the mixture over medium heat. Be sure to toss to ensure even cooking and add water as necessary.
  • Freeze: I don’t recommend freezing this dish, as the extreme cold will ruin the texture of your pasta.

Nutrition

Calories: 196kcal | Carbohydrates: 12g | Protein: 13g | Fat: 12g | Saturated Fat: 7g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 3g | Cholesterol: 42mg | Sodium: 1111mg | Potassium: 531mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 5g | Vitamin A: 2282IU | Vitamin C: 20mg | Calcium: 274mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/lemon-ricotta-pasta/feed/ 12
Pesto Caprese Pasta Salad https://foolproofliving.com/brown-rice-caprese-spaghetti-7/ https://foolproofliving.com/brown-rice-caprese-spaghetti-7/#comments Mon, 23 May 2022 23:20:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=9752 Why Should You Make This Recipe? No more stressful grocery store runs when you make this easy dish. Pasta salad…]]>

Why Should You Make This Recipe?

No more stressful grocery store runs when you make this easy dish. Pasta salad with pesto and mozzarella is a tasty yet effortless dish you can whip up in no time and for any occasion.

  • This quick recipe is easy enough for even beginner chefs to prepare. Plus, you can serve it at room temperature, warm, or as a cold Caprese pasta salad for maximum flexibility.
  • Basil pesto pasta salad makes an irresistible side dish for grilled meat and veggies. You could even have it by itself for a satisfying yet simple lunch.
  • If you need a potluck-ready recipe, you can easily make this cold pesto salad for a crowd. Whether you need a pasta salad for a baby shower, summer barbecues, or weeknight get-togethers, these Caprese flavors will be a big hit.
orecchiette caprese pasta salad with pesto in a serving plate with a spoon on the side

Ingredients

For this pasta pesto salad recipe, gather pasta, cherry tomatoes, mozzarella cheese pearls, shredded parmesan cheese, fresh basil leaves, kosher salt, and ground black pepper.

Ingredients for the recipe on a white backdrop from the top view

To make the Pesto Dressing, you’ll need basil leaves, pine nuts, minced garlic, white wine vinegar, fresh lemon juice, parmesan cheese, kosher salt, black pepper, and extra virgin olive oil.

ingredients for the salad dressing

Helpful Notes & Substitutions

  • Pesto: You can make homemade basil pesto vinaigrette or you can use store-bought pesto for a simplified version. If you prefer to use a storebought brand, simply mix ½ cup prepared pesto with ¼ cup white wine vinegar and ¼ cup parmesan cheese to turn it into a salad dressing.
  • Tomatoes: I suggest using grape tomatoes for this cold pasta salad, but any fresh tomatoes or heirloom tomatoes will also work, as long as you chop them up.
  • Mozzarella: I make this pasta salad with mozzarella balls (aka mozzarella pearls). However, you could also buy a package of fresh mozzarella cheese and cut it into small pieces. You could also use burrata cheese (as I did in this Burrata Caprese recipe) if you want to make it even more creamy. No matter what kind of mozzarella you use, make sure it’s fresh.
  • Pasta: I use orecchiette pasta for this recipe, but virtually any pasta will work—including spaghetti, orzo, rotini pasta, and gluten-free pasta options such as quinoa pasta and brown rice pasta. Other fan-favorite options include pesto macaroni salad and rotini pesto pasta salad.
  • Black olives: If desired, you can add a layer of saltiness to your pesto pasta salad recipe by adding black olives or chopped kalamata olives. The Mediterranean feel of this variation is as delectable as my Orzo Shrimp Salad.
  • Balsamic glaze: It is optional but if you want to continue with the Italian flavors, follow the traditional Caprese salad recipe and finish it off with a drizzle of balsamic reduction.

How to Make This Recipe

This cold pasta pesto salad comes together in a cinch. With only simple ingredients, you’ll be able to sample this summer dish in fewer than 10 steps.

Make the Pesto Salad Dressing

a collage of images showing how to make the pesto salad dressing
  1. Prepare the Caprese pasta salad pesto: Place basil leaves, pine nuts, garlic, vinegar, lemon juice, parmesan cheese, salt, and pepper into the bowl of a food processor. Give the ingredients a rough chop (4-5 pulses).
  2. Add the olive oil: Turn your food processor on and drizzle the olive oil through the tube. Stop the machine and scrape the bowl 1-2 times until the vinaigrette becomes creamy.

Make the Pasta Salad

a collage of images showing how to make pesto caprese pasta salad
  1. Cook the pasta: Bring a large pot of salted water to a boil. Cook your pasta according to the package directions. Reserve one cup of the pasta water. Place the now-cooked pasta in a large serving bowl.
  2. Assemble the salad: Add the fresh mozzarella balls and tomatoes to the large bowl with the cooked pasta.
  3. Dress the salad: Drizzle your salad with the prepared pesto sauce and toss the mixture until fully coated.
  4. Season: Sprinkle your salad with parmesan cheese and add any necessary extra seasoning.
  5. Serve: Garnish your dish with fresh basil leaves, and serve while still warm.

How to Store

This recipe for pesto pasta salad is a must-have for easy meal prep. Whether you prepare this dish in advance or store leftovers for later, cut your assembly time in half with these simple tips.

  • Make ahead: To make this pesto mozzarella pasta ahead of time, chop up the tomatoes and prepare the pesto. Store them in separate airtight containers in the fridge for up to a couple of days. Then, cook your pasta just before you’re ready to eat, assemble the salad, and serve in a large salad bowl.
  • Storage: Pesto pasta will stay fresh in an airtight container for up to 4 days.
  • Freezing: Though possible, I don’t recommend freezing this pasta salad recipe. The pasta will lose its texture and not taste as great when thawed.

How to Serve

Herby and light, this easy pesto pasta salad can be served in countless ways. You’ll adore this recipe as a perfect side dish, a light lunch, or even a full meal.

  • Side dish with grilled food: This creamy pesto pasta side dish recipe makes the ultimate pair with all your fresh-from-the-grill favorites. You won’t be able to put down your fork when you taste this recipe alongside my Grilled Shrimp and Shrimp Kabobs.
  • Light lunch with a green salad: Few lunch recipes are as simple, satisfying, or fresh as this healthy pairing. Serve this cold pasta with pesto as the main course with Asparagus Salad or Spring Mix Salad for an unbeatable lunch combo.
  • Top it off with chicken breasts: Want to turn your mozzarella pesto pasta salad into a nutritious and filling meal? Top it off with my Oven-Baked Chicken Breast or leftover Baked Chicken Parm and voila! Skip the hassle of weeknight meal prep with this easy main dish.

Expert Tips

Five-star eats aren’t just for professional chefs. Now you can make this pesto pasta side dish perfect every time with a handful of pro tips.

  • Season the pasta water well: Want to give your pasta great flavor? Salt is the answer! Your pasta water should taste like ocean saltwater when cooking.
  • Cook the pasta al dente: I suggest cooking your pasta al dente—usually 11-12 minutes—to give your pesto salad the ideal texture.
  • Multiply the recipe: This pasta Caprese salad recipe is a godsend when you’re cooking for a crowd. Simply multiply the recipe as many times as necessary to serve your guests.
  • Additional salt: Pesto is usually pretty salty on its own, so be sure to taste your fully prepared pasta salad before adding more salt.
Caprese Salad with Pesto in a large bowl from the top view

FAQs

It doesn’t matter if you’ve been cooking for decades or just starting out. Anyone can make this green pesto pasta salad with an expert FAQ list at hand.

What kind of pasta is best for pasta salad?

I prefer to prepare this pasta salad with orecchiette, but nearly any pasta will work. Elbow macaroni, rotini, orzo, and bowtie pasta are other great options to try.

Can you freeze pesto pasta salad?

Technically you can freeze pesto pasta with mozzarella, but I don’t recommend it. This dish will likely come out mushy and tasteless when thawed.

How long does Caprese pasta salad last in the fridge?

This pasta salad will last up to 4 days when stored in an airtight container.

Similar Recipes You Might Also Like

If you try this Caprese Pesto Pasta Salad recipe or any of our summer salad recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a big help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

 

pesto caprese pasta salad in a salad plate with a spoon on the side
Print

Pesto Caprese Pasta Salad Recipe

Whether you serve it cold or warm, this Pesto Caprese Pasta Salad is the perfect summer salad for picnics, cookouts, potlucks, or barbecue party needs. Ready in 30 minutes, it is guaranteed to impress.
Course Side Dish
Cuisine Italian
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 343kcal

Ingredients

For the Pesto Dressing*:

  • 1 ½ cups fresh basil leaves loosely packed
  • cup pine nuts or sliced almonds
  • 2 small cloves of garlic minced
  • 2 tablespoons white wine vinegar
  • 3 tablespoons lemon juice
  • 2 tablespoons shredded parmesan cheese
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • cup extra virgin olive oil

For the Caprese Pasta Salad

  • 1 lb pasta orecchiette, rotini, or your favorite gluten-free pasta
  • 1 ½ lbs cherry tomatoes sliced or cut in half
  • 10 ounces small mozzarella cheese balls or a whole log cut into bite size pieces
  • ¼ cup shredded parmesan cheese
  • Handful of fresh basil leaves to use as garnish
  • Salt & pepper to taste

Instructions

  • Cook the pasta according to package directions. Drain and place it in a bowl.
  • Place fresh basil leaves, pine nuts, garlic, vinegar, lemon juice, parmesan cheese, salt and pepper into the bowl of a food processor. Pulse 4-5 times to give them a rough chop.
  • Turn the machine on and while it is running drizzle in the olive oil through the tube. Stop and scrape once and continue running the machine until the vinaigrette is creamy.
  • To assemble the salad: Into the bowl with pasta, place mozzarella cheese and tomatoes. Drizzle it with the pesto dressing. Give it a toss making sure that everything is coated with the dressing.
  • Sprinkle it with parmesan cheese and taste for seasoning. Add in if necessary.
  • Garnish with fresh basil leaves and serve while still warm.

Video

Notes

  • Store-bought Pesto: If you'd rather use store-bought pesto, you can turn it into a salad dressing by mixing 1/2 cup pesto with ¼ cup white wine vinegar and ¼ cup parmesan cheese.
  • Cook the pasta al dente: I suggest cooking your pasta al dente—usually 11-12 minutes—to give your pesto salad the ideal texture.
  • Multiply the recipe: You can multiply the recipe if you are serving a crowd.
  • Additional salt: Pesto is usually pretty salty on its own, so be sure to taste your fully prepared caprese pasta salad before adding more salt.
  • Make ahead: To make this pesto mozzarella pasta ahead of time, chop up the tomatoes and prepare the pesto. Store them in separate airtight containers in the fridge for up to a couple of days. Then, cook your pasta just before you’re ready to eat, assemble the salad, and serve in a large salad bowl.
  • Storage: Pesto pasta will stay fresh in an airtight container for up to 4 days.
  • Freezing: I do not recommend freezing this dish.

Nutrition

Calories: 343kcal | Carbohydrates: 11g | Protein: 13g | Fat: 29g | Saturated Fat: 6g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 4g | Monounsaturated Fat: 11g | Cholesterol: 22mg | Sodium: 702mg | Potassium: 560mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 6g | Vitamin A: 1252IU | Vitamin C: 36mg | Calcium: 258mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/brown-rice-caprese-spaghetti-7/feed/ 15
Spinach Artichoke Pasta Bake https://foolproofliving.com/spinach-artichoke-pasta-bake/ https://foolproofliving.com/spinach-artichoke-pasta-bake/#comments Sun, 27 Feb 2022 18:45:16 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=48846 Why Should You Try This Recipe? Creamy spinach artichoke pasta is as simple to make as it is delicious to…]]>

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

Creamy spinach artichoke pasta is as simple to make as it is delicious to eat. Fresh, pantry-ready ingredients and little prep time make this recipe a dream for weeknight chefs.

  • Effortless and delicious, this pasta bake makes a super-easy weeknight dinner. Who can say no to the savory taste of their favorite spinach artichoke dip?
  • You can make this spinach artichoke pasta casserole in under 45 minutes, from start to finish. Say goodbye to hours of tedious meal prep and hello to easy eats!
  • You can adjust this vegetarian recipe to fit countless diets, from vegan to low-fat to even gluten-free.
Spinach and Artichoke Pasta Bake with a wooden spoon on the side

Ingredients Notes

To make spinach and artichoke pasta, gather ziti, olive oil, minced garlic, canned artichoke hearts (drained), fresh baby spinach leaves, cream cheese, lemon zest, salt, black pepper, mozzarella, and grated parmesan cheese.

ingredients for the recipe portioned out on a white backdrop

Ingredient Additions & Variations

There’s no single way to make this mouthwatering meal. Whether you prepare it with frozen ingredients or make it gluten-free, this pasta recipe will satisfy everyone at your table.

  • Pasta: I use ziti in this recipe, but medium pasta shells or short, tubular pasta will work. Penne, mostaccioli, and rigatoni pastas are other delicious options.
  • Make it vegan: Transform this vegetarian dish into a vegan pasta recipe by using vegan cream cheese and vegan parmesan cheese. If you don’t have vegan parm, you can even use nutritional yeast.
  • Make it gluten-free: All you have to do is use gluten-free pasta to make this delicious dish safe for gluten-free diets.
  • Frozen spinach: If you don’t have fresh spinach on hand, use 10 ounces of frozen chopped spinach instead. Simply add the frozen spinach to the cooked pasta dish instead of fresh baby spinach and use a wooden spoon to break up any clumps.
  • Red pepper flakes: Want to add some spice to your creamy pasta? If you can handle a little bit of heat, top off your baked artichoke pasta with red pepper flakes.
  • Make it low-fat: For a lighter twist on this vegetarian dish, use low-fat cream cheese and skim mozzarella. You can also omit the parmesan cheese for an extra-lean variation.

How to Make

This baked spinach artichoke pasta recipe is a cinch to make and a treat to eat. Plus, with a little bit of multitasking, you can cut your cooking time in half.

  1. Preheat the oven: Pre heat oven to 350 degrees Fahrenheit.
  2. Cook the pasta: Fill a pot with water, add 2 tablespoons of salt, and bring the mixture to a boil. Add the pasta to the large pot of water and cook until it becomes al dente following the package instructions. Then, remove 1 cup of pasta liquid from the pot and drain the rest. Set the pasta and the liquid aside.
photos showing the steps to making the recipe
  1. Saute the garlic: Heat the olive oil in a large, oven-proof skillet over medium-high heat. Then, add the garlic. Cook it until lightly browned (about 1 minute), stirring constantly.
  2. Add the artichoke hearts: Add the chopped artichokes to the pan and cook for 3-4 minutes, stirring occasionally.
  3. Wilt the spinach: Add the baby spinach to the pan and cook it until the leaves wilt.
person adding liquid into the pasta sauce
  1. Stir in the cream cheese: Add the cream cheese and ¾ cup of the pasta water to the pan. Stir constantly until the mixture achieves a creamy consistency. If the mixture is too thick, stir in the remaining ¼ cup of the cooking liquid. Then, add the lemon zest.
Person making the pasta mixture
  1. Add the pasta & mozzarella: Add the cooked pasta and shredded mozzarella cheese to the pan. Toss the mixture until the pasta is evenly coated with cheese and sauce. Then, use a wooden spoon to distribute the pasta in the pan evenly.
  2. Bake: Place the pot in the preheated oven and bake until the cheese is fully melted (15-20 minutes).
  3. Serve: If desired, top the dish with shaved parmesan cheese and serve.

How to Serve

There are countless ways to serve this great dish. Serve it by itself for a tasty vegetarian dinner or as a side dish with any of your meat, chicken or turkey recipes. Below are a few of my favorites to serve it with. Either way, no one will leave the dinner table hungry.

How to Make Ahead & Store

  • Make Ahead Instructions: To make ahead, make the spinach artichoke pasta sauce a day in advance. Cook the pasta, assemble and bake it right before serving.
  • Best way to store: Like any pasta dish, this baked artichoke pasta is best the day you make it. However, this pasta will stay fresh for up to 3 days when stored in an airtight container. Remember to let it reach room temperature before storing it.
    When reheating the pasta, you may have to add a little extra water. Adding this liquid will help restore the dish’s tender, moist texture.
  • Freezing: You can technically freeze this pasta dish. However, I am not a fan of thawed pasta as it gets mushy. Since pasta cooks very quickly and the recipe is an easy one, I would recommend making it fresh rather than freezing it for later.

Variations

Whether you make this recipe as-is or try out a tasty variation, every bite of this comfort food will tantalize your taste buds. Make your dish uniquely yours with these yummy ideas.

  • Skip the baking: Cut your cooking time in half by skipping the last 15 minutes of baking. Just top your cooked pasta with the spinach artichoke pasta sauce for a 30 minute meal.
  • Make spinach & artichoke chicken penne: Add cubed, baked chicken breasts to make a protein-packed spinach artichoke chicken pasta bake. You can even use leftover rotisserie chicken for this finger-licking variation.
  • Try spaghetti: Do you love the long, delicate texture of spaghetti? Simply swap out your ziti for a spinach artichoke spaghetti pasta-lovers will adore.
  • Add crumbled turkey bacon: Give your pasta a kick of smoky, salty flavor when you add a bit of baked turkey bacon to your pot.
  • Make it greener: Alternatively, you can use my Green Pasta Sauce recipe to make it even more nutritious. If you decide to go in that route, you can add the sauce instead of sauteing spinach along with the rest of the ingredients.
Spinach and artichoke pasta bake in a skillet from the top view

Expert Tips

You don’t have to be a champion chef to make this five-star baked pasta. With these tips, you’ll learn all you need to make this spinach and artichoke dip pasta perfect every time.

  • Salt your pasta water: To give your pasta a rich, salty flavor, make sure you season your pasta water well. The liquid should taste like seawater when you add your ziti.
  • Cut down your cook time: Multitasking is the key to making this recipe in no time. I suggest preparing your spinach artichoke sauce while your pasta boils to minimize your time in the kitchen.
  • Use an oven-proof skillet: If you have one, I suggest using an oven-proof skillet for this dish. This Le Creuset Braiser (affiliate link) is the one that I use and recommend. Not only will it cut your clean-up time in half, but it’ll also make your pasta photo-ready the moment it comes out from the oven. If you don’t have an oven-proof skillet, transfer your pasta to a 9 x 13 baking dish before putting it in the oven.

Other Pasta Recipes You Might Also Like

Can’t get enough of easy pasta recipes? Below, you’ll find all the sumptuous, creamy, and robust flavors your kitchen needs.

If you try this Spinach Artichoke Pasta Bake recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Spinach artichoke pasta bake in a skillet with a wooden spoon on the side
Print

Spinach Artichoke Pasta Bake

This Spinach Artichoke Pasta Bake is the definition of vegetarian comfort food. If you are a fan of the classic dip, you will love this 45 minute recipe.
Course Vegetarian Dinner
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 25 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 40 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 476kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 pound ziti or any medium pasta shells or short, tubular pasta will work
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 3 cloves of garlic minced
  • 1 can artichoke hearts (14 oz.) Drained, rinsed and roughly chopped
  • 6 cups fresh baby spinach leaves* prewashed
  • 4 oz. cream cheese
  • ½ teaspoon lemon zest
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 cup shredded mozzarella
  • ½ cup shaved or grated parmesan cheese

Instructions

  • Preheat oven to 350 degrees F.
  • Fill a pot with water and 2 tablespoons of kosher salt and bring to a boil. Add in the pasta and cook until al dente according to the package directions. Reserve 1 cup of the pasta liquid, drain the pasta and set it aside.
  • Meanwhile, heat olive oil in a large skillet (preferably oven-proof) over medium heat. Add in the garlic and cook, stirring constantly, for about a minute until it is lightly browned.
  • Add in the chopped artichoke hearts and cook for 3-4 minutes, stirring occasionally.
  • Add in the baby spinach and cook until wilted.
  • Stir in the cream cheese and ¾ cup of reserved pasta water. Cook, stirring constantly, until it is in a creamy consistency. If it is too thick, you can thin it out using the rest of the pasta liquid. Stir in the lemon zest.
  • Transfer the cooked pasta into the pot and add in the shredded mozzarella. Give it a toss making sure that the pasta is evenly distributed in the pot.
  • Bake in the preheated oven for 15-20 minutes or until the cheese is fully melted.
  • If preferred, garnish with shaved parmesan cheese and serve.

Video

Notes

  •  You can use 10 ounces of frozen chopped spinach if you can’t get your hands on fresh baby spinach leaves
  • Best way to store: Like any pasta dish, this baked artichoke pasta is best the day you make it. However, this pasta will stay fresh for up to 3 days when stored in an airtight container. Remember to let it reach room temperature before storing it.
    When reheating the pasta, you may have to add a little extra water. Adding this liquid will help restore the dish’s tender, moist texture.
  • Freezing: You can technically freeze this pasta dish. However, I am not a fan of thawed pasta as it gets mushy. Since pasta cooks very quickly and the recipe is an easy one, I would recommend making it fresh rather than freezing it for later.
    •  

Nutrition

Calories: 476kcal | Carbohydrates: 61g | Protein: 20g | Fat: 17g | Saturated Fat: 8g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 5g | Cholesterol: 43mg | Sodium: 675mg | Potassium: 394mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 3g | Vitamin A: 3266IU | Vitamin C: 9mg | Calcium: 254mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/spinach-artichoke-pasta-bake/feed/ 4
Shrimp Orzo Salad https://foolproofliving.com/orzo-and-roasted-shrimp/ https://foolproofliving.com/orzo-and-roasted-shrimp/#comments Wed, 16 Jun 2021 13:52:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=3191 Shrimp Orzo Salad is one of my favorite Mediterranean-inspired dishes. Not only is this fresh and herby pasta a breeze…]]>

Shrimp Orzo Salad is one of my favorite Mediterranean-inspired dishes. Not only is this fresh and herby pasta a breeze to make, but it’s also based on a classic Ina Garten shrimp orzo recipe. In other words, you know it’s going to be a fan favorite.

Can’t get enough of protein-packed shrimp recipes like this? Try out my Garlic Shrimp Skewers, Skinny Shrimp Pasta, Shrimp Shish Kabob, Shrimp Avocado Corn Salad, and Ina Garten’s Roasted Shrimp Salad for even more shrimp dishes to enjoy. And if you need more recipes, be sure to check out my collection of Easy Seafood Recipes.

Shrimp and Orzo garnished with herbs in a bowl from top view

Why You Should Make This Recipe

This Barefoot Contessa roasted shrimp salad will have any cook whipping up authentic Mediterranean food in no time. Whether you make this recipe for a neighborhood potluck or a light dinner at home, you’ll find a million reasons to love it:

  • A guaranteed crowd-pleaser, this lemon shrimp orzo salad will be a hit at any summer get-together. The bold, zesty Mediterranean flavors coming from salty feta, crunchy cucumbers, and fresh parsley will make everyone ask for seconds.
  • Protein-packed shrimp and carb-fueled orzo ensure that this flavorsome meal is both satisfying and filling.
  • Ready in 20-30 minutes and make-ahead friendly, this shrimp and orzo pasta salad recipe is a godsend for multitaskers who are short on time.
  • This easy salad recipe is a fantastic way to use fresh herbs from your garden—just like my Tabouli Salad!

Ingredient Checklist

Because this lemon orzo salad uses so many fresh ingredients, nothing in your garden will go to waste. The following three sets of ingredients will prove just how simple this pasta salad is.

Ingredients for dressing and the shrimp from top view

Salad Dressing

Using only four basic ingredients, this zesty lemon blend is bound to be one of the easiest homemade salad dressings you’ll ever make. Inspired by my go-to lemon vinaigrette, it comes together in minutes.

Just gather the following: freshly squeezed lemon juice (plus, optional lemon zest), extra virgin olive oil, kosher salt, and ground black pepper.

Roasted Shrimp

For this part, all you need is deveined shrimp, olive oil, kosher salt, and ground black pepper. However, if you want to make your shrimp extra delish, this Quick Shrimp Marinade will have your tastebuds begging for another bite.

Each salad ingredient placed in small bowls from top view

Salad Ingredients

For the salad, gather together orzo, kosher salt, green onions, fresh dill, Italian parsley, English cucumber, red onion, and feta cheese.

Feel free to use gluten-free orzo if you are following a celiac-friendly diet.

How To Make Shrimp and Orzo Salad?

Because this shrimp orzo salad recipe takes less than 30 minutes to prepare, you don’t have to worry about spending hours in the kitchen. 

  1. Preheat the oven to 400 degrees F.
  2. Cook Orzo: Fill a large pot with water and mix in 3 tablespoons of kosher salt. Bring the water to a boil and then add the uncooked orzo. Cook it according to the package directions. Stir the pasta occasionally as the water simmers. When the pasta is al dente (9-12 minutes), drain it and set it in a large salad bowl.
Person whisking dressing and pouring over the pasta
  1. Make the salad dressing: As the orzo cooks, whisk together fresh lemon juice, olive oil, salt, and pepper in a small bowl. 
  2. Pour the salad dressing over the warm pasta. Set the mixture aside so that the orzo can soak up the dressing’s flavor.
person showing how to season and roast shrimp
  1. Roast the shrimp: Toss shrimp with olive oil, salt, and pepper in a separate bowl. In a single layer, line the shrimp on a sheet pan and roast in the oven for 5-6 minutes. Remove the pan when the shrimp are cooked through.
Four images showing how to assemble the shrimp and orzo salad
  1. Assemble the salad: Toss together the orzo, cooked juicy shrimp, green onions, dill, parsley, cucumber, and red onion in the large salad bowl. Crumble feta over the mixture and add any necessary additional seasoning. 
  2. Cover and refrigerate the salad for at least an hour to let the mixture marinate. 
  3. Serve!

PRO TIP: Because orzo is such a small shape pasta, it can be hard to give it flavor. To make your orzo as savory as possible, make sure you add enough salt to the pasta water. In fact, adding proper amounts of salt to every ingredient is essential to bringing their flavors to life.

Make-Ahead & Storage Instructions

If you’re like me, then you know meal prep is a weekday must. Making meals ahead of time saves you stress, money, and energy, which is why I adore this Mediterranean Orzo Salad with shrimp. 

  • Make it a day ahead: Not only can this shrimp orzo pasta be made ahead of time, but I even recommend it! Letting the flavors mix and marinate overnight adds depth, richness, and complexity to this already tasty dish the next day when you are ready to serve it.
  • Serving: Before serving, remove the shrimp orzo from the fridge for about 30 minutes. This way, the pasta will have enough time to return to room temperature.
  • Storage: This pasta salad can be stored in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 3 days.
The dish is served in a bowl with two spoons on the side from the front view

What To Serve with This Recipe?

While this Mediterranean Shrimp Orzo Salad makes a perfect meal on its own, you can make it a part of your summertime menu (perfect for your Memorial Day menu) along with:

Helpful Tips:

Shrimp orzo is a cinch to put together, and there are countless ways to make it your own. Cook this recipe flawlessly every time with these handy tips.

  • Don’t skimp on the salt in your pasta water. Because orzo is such a small pasta, adding enough salt ensures that every bite bursts with flavor.
  • Taste-test your seasoning as you go along. Feta cheese, especially, can vary in how much extra salt it needs. Tasting your ingredients as you go is key to getting the perfect flavor balance.
  • Shrimp can overcook easily, so keep an eye on it. Only 5-6 minutes are necessary to fully cook this shellfish. Also, be sure to dry them thoroughly with paper towels before roasting them.
  • Though orzo is a traditional choice for this Mediterranean dish, other kinds of pasta—like elbow macaroni or ditalini—are just as delicious.
  • Be prepared to multitask while making this dish. Because some steps are completed while other ingredients are cooking, this recipe comes together in a snap for practiced multitaskers.
  • Let the dish sit for at least 30 minutes before serving. This step adds richness and depth by giving flavors time to marinate.
  • You can easily double or halve this recipe depending on how much you want to make.
  • During the summertime, give this recipe a smoky note by using grilled shrimp instead of baked shrimp.
  • Not a fan of dill? You can do away with dill entirely or substitute it with fresh basil or fresh mint for a Mediterranean flavor, or a smaller amount of oregano for an Italian twist.
  • If you prefer fewer herbs, substitute them for finely chopped romaine.
  • Try it with goat cheese: I think the shrimp feta orzo combination is great but you can try it with crumbled goat cheese. 
  • During the summer months, if I have them, I also add a cup of sweet cherry tomatoes for extra flavor.

FAQs

Can I make Orzo Shrimp Salad with frozen shrimp?

Yes, you can. Be sure to thaw the shrimp before roasting it in the oven and follow the recipe as written.

Can shrimp pasta salad be frozen?

I would not recommend freezing this pasta salad as when thawed, it will become mushy and lose its shape.

Can I make this shrimp salad with a different shape pasta?

Yes, you can. Other types of pasta, such as bow tie, rotini, or orecchiette, would also work.

Can I make this orzo salad recipe with chicken instead?

Yes, you can. Simply use leftover cubed baked chicken breasts or leftover rotisserie chicken in place of baked shrimp.

Other Seafood Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you enjoyed this flavorful Greek Orzo Salad I suspect you might like the shrimp recipes below:

If you try this Mediterranean Shrimp Orzo Salad recipe or any other salad recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Shrimp Orzo Salad in a bowl with two spoons on the side
Print

Shrimp Orzo Salad Recipe

This Shrimp and Orzo Salad is easy to make & ready in 30 min. It is flavored with feta and fresh herbs and drizzled with a simple and quick lemon vinaigrette. A Barefoot Contessa recipe, it can be served as a great side dish, lunch, or light dinner.
Course Salad
Cuisine American
Diet Halal
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Resting time 30 minutes
Total Time 1 hour
Servings 6 servings
Calories 552kcal

Ingredients

For The Pasta:

  • ¾ pound orzo (~2 cups)
  • Kosher salt

For The Dressing:

  • ½ cup lemon juice freshly squeezed (You’ll need 3-4 lemons depending on their size)
  • 3/4 cup olive oil
  • 2 teaspoons kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon ground black pepper

For The Shrimp:

  • 1 ½ lbs large shrimp peeled and deveined (16-18 count)
  • 2 tablespoons olive oil
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper

For The Salad:

  • 5-6 green onions scallions, both white and green parts
  • 1 cup fresh dill chopped
  • 1 cup fresh Italian parsley chopped
  • 1 English cucumber medium diced – no need to peel
  • ½ cup red onion small diced
  • 1 cup feta cheese cut into 1-inch cubes

Instructions

  • Preheat oven to 400 degrees F.
  • To Cook the Orzo: Fill a large pot with water and 3 tablespoons of Kosher salt and bring it to a boil. Add the orzo and let it simmer, stirring occasionally, until it is al dente, about 9-12 minutes. Drain and place into a large salad bowl.
  • Make the salad dressing: While the orzo is cooking, whisk together lemon juice, olive oil, salt and pepper in a bowl.
  • Pour dressing over the cooked orzo and set it aside.
  • To roast the shrimp: Place shrimp, olive oil, salt and pepper in a bowl and give it a gentle toss. Transfer the shrimp onto a sheet pan in a single layer. Roast in the oven until it is cooked through, 5-6 minutes. Remove the shrimp from the oven.
  • To assemble the salad: Into the bowl with orzo, add cooked shrimp, green onions, dill, parsley, cucumber, and red onion. Give it a toss. Add feta on top. Taste for seasoning and add in if necessary.
  • Cover and refrigerate for at least an hour for flavors to blend. Serve.

Video

Notes

  • Make it a day ahead: Not only can this shrimp orzo pasta be made ahead of time, but I even recommend it! Letting the flavors mix and marinate overnight adds depth, richness, and complexity to this already tasty dish the next day when you are ready to serve it.
  • Serving: Before serving, remove the shrimp orzo from the fridge for about 30 minutes. This way, the pasta will have enough time to return to room temperature.
  • Storage: This pasta salad can be stored in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 3 days.
  • Taste as you go: The amount of salad you use depends on the saltiness coming from your feta. Be sure to taste it as you put the salad together and add more if necessary.
  • You can easily double or halve this recipe depending on how much you want to make.
  • During the summertime, give this recipe a smoky note by using grilled shrimp instead of baked shrimp.
  • Not a fan of dill? You can do away with dill entirely or substitute it with fresh basil for a Mediterranean flavor, or a smaller amount of oregano for an Italian twist.
  • If you prefer fewer herbs, substitute them for finely chopped romaine.

Nutrition

Calories: 552kcal | Carbohydrates: 49g | Protein: 32g | Fat: 25g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Cholesterol: 286mg | Sodium: 1868mg | Potassium: 476mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 4g | Vitamin A: 1602IU | Vitamin C: 37mg | Calcium: 228mg | Iron: 5mg

This recipe was originally published in May 2014. It has been update with new photos and helpful information in June 2021.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/orzo-and-roasted-shrimp/feed/ 20
Pasta with Mushrooms and Peas https://foolproofliving.com/creamy-mushroom-pasta-fresh-peas-ricotta/ https://foolproofliving.com/creamy-mushroom-pasta-fresh-peas-ricotta/#comments Wed, 31 Mar 2021 06:01:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=9349 Fresh green peas are currently in season, and in today’s recipe, I am putting them to good use with this…]]>

Fresh green peas are currently in season, and in today’s recipe, I am putting them to good use with this creamy mushroom and pea pasta recipe. This quick and easy recipe is flavored with shiitake mushroomsblanched peas, fresh thyme, and dollops of ricotta cheese

Similar to my Caprese Pasta Salad with Pesto, Garlic Butter Noodles, Spinach Artichoke Pasta Bake, and Eggplant Pomodoro Pasta recipes, it can be served by itself as a vegetarian meal or with simple roasted chicken breasts for dinner. 

Pasta with mushrooms and peas in a bowl garnished with thyme.

Ingredients:

To make this peas and mushroom pasta recipe, you will need unsalted butter, shiitake mushrooms, garlic, flour, white wine, vegetable broth, heavy cream, peas, and ricotta cheese.

Ingredients for the recipe laid out on a marble backdrop

A couple of helpful notes on ingredients:

  • Pasta: I used spaghetti, but I also like to make this pappardelle pasta. With that being said, you can use any pasta you have on hand.
  • Mushrooms: I used shiitake mushrooms, but baby Bella or white button mushrooms would also work. If you need a refresher on how to clean them, be sure to check out my post on how to clean shiitake mushrooms.
    We are cooking the mushrooms as we make the recipe but you can also use Roasted Shiitake Mushrooms or even Portobello Mushrooms Baked in the oven.
  • Peas: I used blanched peas, but you can also use frozen peas.
  • Stock: It wouldn’t be a vegetarian pasta dish, but you can also use chicken stock.

How To Make:

This creamy mushroom ricotta pasta recipe comes together in a few easy steps. Simply:

  1. Cook the pasta:  Fill a large pot with water and a generous amount of salt. Bring it to a boil and cook pasta according to the package instructions. Save 1 cup of the pasta water and drain the rest. 
Person cooking mushrooms with garlic in a skillet
  1. Cook shiitake mushrooms and garlic: Heat 2 tablespoons of butter in a large skillet over medium-high heat. Add in the mushrooms and cook for 3-4 minutes or until they are softened. Stir in the garlic and cook, stirring constantly for 30 seconds.
Person showing how to cook creamy mushroom and pea pasta recipe
  1. Add in the flour: Stir in 2 tablespoons of butter and 1 tablespoon of flour. Cook, stirring constantly until the butter is fully melted and the mushrooms are coated with flour, a minute or so.
  2. Pour in the liquid: Stir in the wine and scrape the bottom bits (if there are any) as it reduces. Pour in the vegetable broth, heavy cream, fresh (or dried) thyme, salt, pepper, and cook until the sauce thickens, 7-8 minutes. 
person placing peas and pasta into the creamy sauce
  1. Stir in the peas: Stir the peas into the sauce and let them cook for 1-2 minutes. Add this point you should have a silky and creamy mushroom and pea sauce.
  2. Add the spaghetti: Add the pasta into the sauce and give it a toss making sure that the pasta is thoroughly coated with the sauce and the peas and mushrooms are evenly distributed. 
Creamy mushroom ricotta pasta in a skillet with a wooden spoon on the side
  1. Garnish and serve: Sprinkle it with the lemon zest and fresh thyme leaves. Top it off with dollops of ricotta cheese and serve.

Pro tip: As it is with most pasta recipes, this creamy mushroom and pea pasta might dry out as it sits. If that happens, feel free to use a little bit of the reserved pasta liquid to make it nice and moist.

Variations:

While I love this veggie-packed pasta recipe that I shared here, you can make a few adjustments to make it work for your taste buds. Here are a few that I personally tried:

  • No Cream, no problem: If you prefer this recipe without cream, you can simply omit using it. Instead, use ¼ cup more vegetable broth. 
  • Turn it into a creamy mushroom asparagus pasta: Sometimes, I make a version of this with sauteed asparagus by simply using asparagus instead of peas. 
  • Add in animal protein: Add in sliced baked chicken breasts or thinly sliced prosciutto at the last minute.
  • Stir in 2 cups of baby spinach leaves: If you are like me, a fan of mushrooms and spinach, you can add baby spinach leaves into the sauce and cook it for 2 minutes before adding in the pasta.

How To Store:

As with most pasta recipes, this mushroom pea pasta will be best on the day it is made. However, you can store leftovers in an airtight container for up to 2 days.

When ready to serve, place it in a pot and add in ¼ to ½ cups of water and warm thoroughly. If it starts to stick to the pan, feel free to use more water as needed.

Other Pasta Recipes You Might Also Like:

A bowl of creamy pasta with peas and mushrooms topped off with ricotta cheese
Print

Pasta with Mushrooms and Peas Recipe

This creamy Mushroom Pea Pasta recipe is a 30-minute pasta recipe that you can make with spring vegetables. Flavored with ricotta cheese, lemon zest, and fresh thyme, it is and easy to make spring pasta dish.
Course Vegetarian Pasta
Cuisine American
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 514kcal

Ingredients

For the Pasta:

  • 8 oz. spaghetti
  • Water
  • Salt

Mushroom and Peas Sauce:

  • 4 tablespoons of unsalted butter divided
  • 10 oz. shiitake mushrooms wiped and sliced
  • 2 small cloves of garlic minced
  • 1 tablespoon all purpose flour
  • cup white wine
  • 1 ¼ cups vegetable broth
  • ¼ cup of heavy cream
  • 1 teaspoon fresh thyme leaves plus more for garnish
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper
  • 1 ½ cups of peas blanched or frozen
  • Zest of a lemon
  • ½ cup ricotta cheese

Instructions

  • Cook the pasta in salted boiling water according to the package instructions. Save 1 cup of the pasta water and drain the rest.
  • To make the mushroom pea sauce: Heat 2 tablespoons of butter in a large skillet over medium heat. Add in the mushrooms and cook for 3-4 minutes or until they are softened. Stir in the garlic and cook stirring constantly for 30 seconds.
  • Add in the rest of the (2 tablespoons) butter and 1 tablespoon of all purpose flour. Cook, stirring constantly, for 1 minute.
  • Stir in the wine and scrape the bottom bits (if there are any) as it reduces. Stir in the vegetable broth, heavy cream, thyme, salt and pepper and cook until the sauce thickens, 7-8 minutes.
  • Stir in the peas into the sauce and let them cook for 1 minute.
  • Add in the now-cooked pasta into the sauce and give it a gentle toss making sure that the sauce is equally distributed throughout the dish.
  • Sprinkle it with the lemon zest and fresh thyme leaves. Top it off with dollops of ricotta cheese before serving.

Notes

  • A couple of helpful notes on the ingredients:
    • Pasta: I used spaghetti but I also like to make this pappardelle pasta. With that being said, you can use any pasta you have on hand.
    • Mushrooms: I used shiitake mushrooms but baby bella or white button mushrooms would also work.
    • Peas: I used blanched peas but you can also use frozen peas.A couple of helpful notes on the ingredients:
    • Stock: It wouldn’t be a vegetarian pasta dish but you can also use chicken stock.
  • How to store leftovers? As it is with most pasta recipes, this mushroom pea pasta will be best on the day it is made. However, you can store leftovers in an airtight container up to 2 days. When ready to serve, place it in a pot and add in ¼ to ½ cups of water and warm thoroughly. If it starts to stick to the pan feel free to use more water as needed.
  • Use the reserved pasta liquid as necessary: As it is with most pasta recipes, this creamy mushroom and pea pasta might dry out as it sits. If that happens, feel free to use a little bit of the reserved pasta liquid to make it nice and moist.

Nutrition

Calories: 514kcal | Carbohydrates: 60g | Protein: 16g | Fat: 22g | Saturated Fat: 13g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 66mg | Sodium: 922mg | Potassium: 548mg | Fiber: 7g | Sugar: 7g | Vitamin A: 1302IU | Vitamin C: 23mg | Calcium: 111mg | Iron: 2mg

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/creamy-mushroom-pasta-fresh-peas-ricotta/feed/ 21
One-Skillet Easy Beef Stroganoff https://foolproofliving.com/skillet-beef-stroganoff/ https://foolproofliving.com/skillet-beef-stroganoff/#comments Tue, 08 Dec 2020 16:32:46 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=3888 I first shared this beef stroganoff recipe back in 2014 after reading about it on America’s Test Kitchen. Since then…]]>

I first shared this beef stroganoff recipe back in 2014 after reading about it on America’s Test Kitchen. Since then I have made some adjustments to make it my own without sacrificing any of its deliciousness. Today, I am updating it with some new photos and a helpful recipe video.

The mix of the right cut of beef and the homemade stroganoff sauce make this easy beef stroganoff recipe absolutely divine. And with the busy holiday season, sometimes all I want is a classic made with easy-to-follow steps and a guaranteed delicious end result. I have made this for my husband and I time and time again and it simply never gets old.

A bowl of homemade easy beef stroganoff is garnished with fresh herbs and photographed from the top view. - Foolproof Living

Easy Beef Stroganoff

This stovetop beef stroganoff is quick, easy, cheap (it’s all about the meat!), made without cream of mushroom soup and comes together in one skillet. Oh, and the stroganoff gravy is accented with the tangy, sweet goodness of sour cream! If that isn’t enough to get you in the kitchen, I don’t know what will! Ready in about an hour, it’s an absolutely delicious and comforting weeknight meal that can be enjoyed at any time of year.

Skillet Beef Stroganoff is photographed from the top view from a close up distance with fresh herbs on top. It looks creamy and delicious. Foolproof Living

What is beef stroganoff?

Beef or Boeuf Stroganoff, however you like to spell it, comes from the nationality of Russia. This classic Russian dish is a mix of sauteed pieces of beef mixed in a sauce made with smetana, aka sour cream.

Ingredients

There are two components to this homemade beef stroganoff recipe – the meat and noodles, and the sauce.

Ingredients to make this recipe are photographed from the top view

Ingredients for beef stroganoff

  • Sirloin Steak Tips – I found this to be the most tender cut of beef, while also being economical, but we will talk more about the best cut of meat in a bit.
  • Wide Egg Noodles – Egg noodles cook quicker than the usual pasta and require less liquid, which works perfectly in this easy stroganoff recipe.

Ingredients for the sauce

  • Vegetable Oil – I like grapeseed oil, but any light-colored, neutral-flavored oil will do.
  • Onions – One medium yellow onion is all you need – white onions will work, too.
  • White Button Mushrooms – One 10-oz package of white button mushrooms, cleaned and sliced, is the perfect amount of mushroom goodness. If white button mushrooms are not available, cremini mushrooms are a good substitute.

PRO TIP: To clean mushrooms properly, wipe the dirt away with a damp paper towel rather than running under cold water. Mushrooms act like a sponge, so they will absorb too much water, affecting the taste of any homemade recipe.

  • All-Purpose Flour – The flour plays a part in a roux, which helps to create a thick beef stroganoff sauce.
  • Low-Sodium Chicken Broth – I really enjoy homemade chicken broth, but if you decide to purchase it from the store, make sure it is low-sodium. Regular chicken broth is packed with so much extra salt! Store the remainder sealed tight in the fridge and use within one week.
  • Low-Sodium Beef Broth – Either beef broth or bone broth will do just the trick. Again, make sure it is of the low-sodium variety, store the remainder in the fridge and use within one week.
  • Sour Cream – Here is the star of the beef stroganoff sauce recipe. Purchase a high-quality, full-fat sour cream for the best flavor.
  • Lemon Juice – Freshly squeezed lemon juice adds that special brightness at the very end.
  • Fresh Thyme or Italian Parsley – A final garnish of fresh thyme is both beautiful and delicious. Those small specks of green running throughout the sauce make this beef stroganoff all the more homemade. Fresh chopped parsley would be just as delicious, too!
  • Salt and Pepper – Make sure to season as your cooking, as well as at the very end. Once the beef dish is ready, taste and adjust seasonings as necessary. A few fresh cracks of black pepper at the very end can make all the difference!

PRO TIP: Since the sour cream and lemon juice are acidic ingredients, make sure to stir into the sauce off the heat. If you add these two finishing touches over heat, the sauce will break and curdle. Room temperature sour cream also creates a better emulsion.

Best meat for beef stroganoff

The best cut of beef for stroganoff, and incidentally the most economical, is sirloin steak tips. Although you can use the fattier ribeye or more expensive tenderloin, I found sirloin tips provide exceptional flavor while still being easy on the wallet. The secret is in how the meat is cut prior to cooking.

Best cut of meat, sirloin steak tips are photographed from the top view on a paper towel lined sheet pan to try them.

A sirloin steak tip will either come in one large piece or already cut into 2-inch wide strips (just as the case with my meat). If the beef is not cut into 2-inch wide strips, slice it into 2-inch strips with the grain. Then, turn each strip parallel to you and cut into ½-inch strips against the grain. This technique of cutting against the grain produces a tender beef stroganoff.

How to make this easy beef stroganoff and sauce from scratch?

This easy beef stroganoff recipe comes together in 3 folds.

  1. Prep the meat: prepare the meat as directed above and pat dry with paper towels. Do not skip this step as drying the meat thoroughly will help with perfect browning, which will result in tender, fall-off-the-bone kind of meat at the end.
  2. Season the meat: Season the meat with salt and pepper. In a 12-inch skillet, heat one tablespoon oil over medium-high heat. Cook half the meat for 4-5 minutes, then transfer to a bowl. Add another tablespoon of oil and repeat with the remaining half of beef. Transfer the cooked meat in a bowl and cover with aluminum foil to keep warm.
Homemade Beef Mushroom Stroganoff placed in a white bowl and photographed from the top view.
  1. Cook the aromatics: in the same skillet, add the remaining oil in medium-low heat. Add the onions, mushrooms, and salt and cook until the mushrooms have released all of their liquid, 8-10 minutes. Add flour and cook, stirring constantly, for one minute. Stir in chicken broth and beef broth, making sure to scrape the bottom of the skillet to get those bits of goodness. Return the beef back to the skillet. Put the lid on, bring it to a boil, reduce the heat to low, and let it cook until beef is tender about 30 minutes.
  2. Stir in the egg noodles: Lastly, stir in the egg noodles, cover and let cook 10-12 minutes, stirring occasionally. Remove from heat and stir in the sour cream and lemon juice off the heat. Garnish with fresh thyme and/or parsley and enjoy!

How to thicken the sauce

A thick and quick beef stroganoff is made with the help of a roux. In other words, the combination of fat and flour creates a smooth, thick, luxurious sauce that evenly coats the beef and egg noodles. Just make sure to cook the flour for at least one minute prior to adding the liquid – this helps to remove that raw flour flavor.

What side dishes go with this recipe

Since the beef and sauce are the main components of this Russian dish, the blank canvas of egg noodles works as a perfect accompaniment to soak up all that flavorful gravy. For a balanced meal, you can also serve this beef stroganoff with egg noodles along with a simple green salad (or browse through my collection of easy salad recipes to pick one for yourself) or braised red cabbage.

Can you freeze beef stroganoff with noodles?

Yes, this beef mushroom stroganoff can be frozen with a few adjustments to the recipe. Since egg noodles are softer than your usual pasta, I do not recommend freezing it with the noodles.

Therefore, if you are planning to freeze, I recommend cooking the recipe until step 7, before you add the noodles, bring it to room temperature, place in an airtight container, and freeze.

A day before you are ready to serve, thaw it in the fridge overnight. Transfer it into the pan and heat over medium heat. Add in the noodles and cook until they are softened. You should have enough liquid, but if you feel like it needs more add in some broth or water. Off the heat add in the sour cream, lemon juice, and herbs.

A Few recipe notes for the best beef stroganoff recipe

  • Get the beef sirloin really dry before adding to the skillet. A dry surface on the meat and a super hot skillet give you caramelized beef sirloin tips that provide exceptional flavor.
  • Feel like there is not enough liquid in the pan to cook the noodles? When I first tested this recipe, at first I felt like there was not enough liquid in the pan to cook the egg noodles, but it worked well in the end. Compared to pasta, egg noodles cook faster and require less liquid. After the rest of the ingredients are added in, this dish ends up having a silky and creamy texture. So don’t be tempted to add more liquid. 
  • Want it to have a deeper flavor? The original sirloin beef stroganoff recipe uses a little bit of alcohol to deepen the flavors. I wanted this to be a simple everyday-kind-of recipe so I did not include any. However, if you want to take this dish up a notch you can add in ⅓ cup of white wine or brandy into the sauce at the same time you are adding the chicken and beef broth.
  • Want a bit more indulgence? Take beef stroganoff with sour cream up a notch by replacing the sour cream with indulgent creme fraiche.
  • Want to make a healthier beef stroganoff? Replace the sour cream with an equal amount of Greek yogurt instead. It will have a little bit more of a sour taste but will have fewer calories.

Other beef dinner recipes you might also like

Make Stroganoff with Chicken

Did you know that you can make stroganoff with chicken as well? If you are looking for a leaner version of beef stroganoff, be sure to try my foolproof Chicken Stroganoff recipe. I like the version with chicken because:

  • It comes together in one pan in under an hour
  • Can be made with chicken thighs or breasts
Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

Recipe adapted with changes from America’s Test Kitchen.

One Skillet Easy Beef Stroganoff Recipe photographed from the top view in a skillet
Print

One Skillet Easy Beef Stroganoff Recipe

One Skillet Easy Beef Stroganoff recipe cooked in one hour. Made from scratch, this beef, mushroom, and noodle dish is a complete meal in itself. Deliciously silky and creamy.
Course Dinner
Cuisine Russing
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 40 minutes
Total Time 1 hour
Servings 6
Calories 381kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 1/2 lbs. sirloin steak tips
  • 4 tablespoons vegetable oil
  • 1 medium onion chopped
  • 10 ounces white button mushrooms cleaned and sliced thinly
  • 2 tablespoons all-purpose flour
  • 1 1/2 cups chicken broth low sodium or homemade
  • 1 1/2 cups beef broth low sodium
  • 3 cups wide egg noodles
  • 2/3 cup sour cream
  • 2 teaspoons lemon juice freshly squeezed
  • 2 tablespoons fresh thyme or Italian parsley chopped
  • salt and pepper

Instructions

  • To prepare the meat: First, cut it into 2-inch strips towards the grain, and then cut each strip into 1/2-inch strips against the grain. Place it on a baking sheet lined with paper towels and pat-dry as much as possible. Season the meat with 1/2 teaspoon salt and 1/4 teaspoon pepper.
  • Heat 1-tablespoon oil in a 12-inch skillet over medium-high heat. Cook half of the meat, 4-5 minutes on each side. Transfer the cooked meat in a bowl. Repeat the same process for the other half. Cover it with aluminum foil and set aside.
  • Once the meat is cooked, in the same skillet, heat the remaining 2 tablespoons oil. Add onion, mushroom, and 1/2 teaspoon salt, and cook, stirring frequently, until the juices of the mushrooms evaporate, 8-10 minutes.
  • Add flour and cook, stirring constantly, for a minute.
  • Stir in the chicken and beef broths. Scrape the bottom of the pan; making sure that all the bits and pieces of the meat is mixed in the liquid.
  • Return the beef into the mixture. Put the lid on and let it cook over low heat until beef is tender for 25-30 minutes.
  • Stir in the noodles, cover, and cook, stirring occasionally until noodles are cooked, 10 -12 minutes.
  • Off the heat, add the sour cream and lemon juice. Give it a big stir.
  • When ready to serve, garnish it with chopped thyme and/or fresh parsley.
  • Serve.

Video

Notes

A FEW TIPS FOR THE BEST HOMEMADE BEEF STROGANOFF
  • Get the beef sirloin really dry before adding to the skillet. A dry surface on the meat and a super hot skillet give you caramelized beef sirloin tips that provide exceptional flavor.
  • Enough liquid in the pan? When I first tested this recipe, at first I felt like there was not enough liquid in the pan to cook the egg noodles, but it worked well in the end. Compared to pasta, egg noodles cooks faster and require less liquid. After the rest of the ingredients are added in, this dish ends up having a silky and creamy texture. So don’t be tempted to add more liquid. 
  • Want it to have a deeper flavor? The original sirloin beef stroganoff recipe uses a little bit of alcohol to deepen the flavors. I wanted this to be a simple everyday-kind-of recipe so I did not include any. However, if you want to take this dish up a notch you can add in ⅓ cup of white wine or brandy into the sauce at the same time you are adding the chicken and beef broth.
  • Want a bit more indulgence? Take beef stroganoff with sour cream up a notch by replacing the sour cream with indulgent creme fraiche.
  • Want to make a healthier beef stroganoff? Replace the sour cream with an equal amount of Greek yogurt instead. It will have a little bit more of a sour taste, but will have less calories.

Nutrition

Calories: 381kcal | Carbohydrates: 20g | Protein: 31g | Fat: 20g | Saturated Fat: 12g | Cholesterol: 96mg | Sodium: 529mg | Potassium: 744mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 3g | Vitamin A: 171IU | Vitamin C: 7mg | Calcium: 71mg | Iron: 3mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/skillet-beef-stroganoff/feed/ 24
Homemade Vegan Mac and Cheese Recipe https://foolproofliving.com/vegan-mac-and-cheese/ https://foolproofliving.com/vegan-mac-and-cheese/#comments Mon, 01 Jun 2020 14:02:23 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=13667 If you have been following me for a while you probably know that I am a big fan of America’s…]]>

If you have been following me for a while you probably know that I am a big fan of America’s Test Kitchen. Their crew is behind some of my favorite recipes and cookbooks. I was even lucky enough to visit their Test Kitchen in Boston a few years ago!

I’ve learned so much from them over the years and still get excited when I see them on TV or if they release a new book. That’s why I wanted to share a recipe from one of my favorite cookbooks of theirs, Vegan For Everybody (affiliate link.)

A bowl of homemade vegan mac and cheese recipe is garnished with parsley and breadcrumbs

This book provides detailed information, how-to’s, and the ins and outs of vegan cooking (which, understandably, can be daunting for beginner level vegan cooks like me.)

They’ve created this not-so-average “no cheese” Vegan Mac and Cheese using elegant, yet simple flavors. You won’t find any potatoes in this dish either! 

The delectable cashew cream sauce blends together nuts, cauliflower, and nutritional yeast for a creamy, cheese base.

Vegan Mac And Cheese That Tastes Real

I can understand if you’re hesitant. Mac and cheese WITHOUT cheese? Is it even possible? 

a woman is seasoning the pasta dish with bread crumbs

While it’s not hard to replace certain flavors, a non-dairy mac and cheese recipe will never taste the same as using the real thing. However, this homemade version is a close second. You’ll be amazed at how plants can be turned into such realistic versions of our favorite animal-product-based meals.

There’s a magical ingredient revered by vegans all over the world that imitates that irresistible cheesy flavor without using dairy: Nutritional Yeast.

A few tablespoons of this gold, flaky seasoning has the ability to transform an entire dish! I promise you won’t be missing the dairy if you have nutritional yeast (or “nooch”) laying around.

The Cashew Mac and Cheese Sauce

There are many base options available when creating a vegan mac and cheese sauce, such as potatoes, nuts, or carrots. 

Ingredients for the cashew cheese sauce: Cauliflower, garlic, nutritional yeast

In their version here, folks over at the ATK chose to use cashew and cauliflower and blended them together with nutritional yeast and almond milk for the most creamy “cheesy” vegan pasta sauce

It also happens to be a great dairy-free, soy-free, plant-based alternative that you can use to serve with nacho chips on the side or layer it on top of my vegan chili recipe, or with burrito bowls.

Ingredients For Cashew Cheese:

The ingredients to make this out of this world creamy vegan “cheese” cashew sauce recipe are:

Ingredients for the recipe laid out on a wooden table
  • Raw cashews – The nuts will beef up this sauce quite a bit.
  • Nutritional yeast – This is what makes the dairy-free sauce taste like cheese. Find it in the bulk section of your grocery store or at a health food store.
  • Cauliflower florets – Cauliflower is full of moisture, meaning when it’s softened and blended with the rest of the ingredients, it helps the sauce become super creamy.
  • Dry mustard – The whopping 4 teaspoons of dry mustard enhances the cheesy flavor. More on this below.
  • Turmeric – This bright seasoning helps the cashew cheese sauce transform from a bland beige to vibrant yellow.
  • Almond milk – Make your own almond milk using my comprehensive guide.
  • Salt – You might think that 2 teaspoons salt is way too much, however, it’s a very important part of the “cheese” flavor and maintaining balance in the sauce.

If you’re a new fan of cauliflower: It’s one of the most versatile vegetables and popular in keto recipes. It can be deep-fried and covered in barbeque sauce, boiled and blended into alfredo or cheesy sauce, or take on a ton of seasonings and added to a cauliflower curry

A Note On Using Dry Mustard In This Recipe:

This was my first time using dry mustard in my cooking, and thinking that this might be your first too I wanted to provide you with a little more information.

Additionally, since dry mustard is one of the key ingredients to simulate the “cheesy” flavor, I wanted to take a minute and answer substitution questions you might have.

What is Dry Mustard?

The below definition comes from Eat By Date:

Dry mustard is simply ground mustard seeds which are derived from the mustard plant, a vegetable plant related to the brussels sprout and broccoli plants. Dry mustard is most often used in adding mustard flavor to vegetables and meats.

Citation: Eat By Date

Is It Okay to Use Dijon or Yellow Mustard Instead?

Good question. I wondered if I can substitute dijon mustard for dry mustard as well. Apparently, dijon mustard is a recommended substitute for dry mustard.

While it might work for other recipes, I would not recommend using dijon/yellow mustard in this plant-based mac and cheese recipe. During my recipe testings, I quickly learned that dijon mustard has more of an overpowering flavor compared to dry mustard. 

In my opinion, using wet mustard made the “cheesy” vegan pasta sauce taste more like mustard than cheese.

Two bowls of homemade vegan macaroni and cheese with cashew cream sauce

Which Pasta Should I Buy?

I used brown rice pasta to create a gluten-free and dairy-free mac and cheese. Feel free to use any type of pasta for this recipe. Try quinoa pasta, linguine noodles, or classic elbow macaroni.

Pro Tip: When it comes to buying pasta at the store, be sure to double-check the labels and ingredients on the packaging. Most will not contain dairy or eggs, but it’s a good idea to check to make sure that it is vegan.

How To Make Vegan Mac and Cheese

  1. Prep the seasonings: Melt the coconut oil in a large saucepan over medium heat. Stir in the nutritional yeast, dry mustard, tomato paste, garlic, turmeric, and salt. Stir this mixture constantly for 1 minute.
  2. Add the milk and cook the cauliflower: Pour the almond milk into the saucepan while scraping up any browned bits on the bottom. Turn up the heat to medium-high. When the mixture comes to simmer, add the cauliflower and cashews. Reduce the heat to medium-low, and cook, partially covered, until the cauliflower is fork-tender (about 20 minutes).
  3. Make the cheese sauce: Working in two batches, process the cauliflower mixture in a blender or a food processor until smooth.
  4. Cook the pasta: When the cheese sauce is complete, cook the pasta according to the package instructions. Reserve ½ cup of the pasta water, then drain the pasta.
  5. Combine the cheese and pasta: Pour the cauliflower sauce into the now-empty pot and bring it to a gentle simmer over medium-low heat. Add in the drained macaroni and vinegar. Cook the mac and cheese, stirring constantly until warmed through and the sauce is slightly thickened (about 3 minutes).
  6. Adjust the consistency and flavor: If needed, use the reserved liquid to adjust the dish’s consistency. Season with salt and pepper to taste. Serve each bowl with a sprinkle of toasted panko breadcrumbs (for extra crunch) and chopped parsley.

Recipe Variations

  • Oil – Use refined coconut oil to avoid a coconut flavor in the sauce. If you don’t have any on hand, use olive oil instead.
  • Cashews – It is possible to create a nut-free vegan cheese sauce if need be. Substitute them for boiled potatoes or leave them out altogether. 
  • Gluten-Free – Remove the panko bread crumbs and use brown rice or quinoa pasta for a gluten-free version.
  • Spice – Add a little kick with a sprinkle of chili flakes on each serving.
  • Nutritional Yeast – If you’re running low on this cheesy seasoning, use 3 tablespoons of white or yellow miso paste.
  • Paleo Version – If you are looking for a paleo version of this no cheese mac and cheese recipe, substitute pasta for zucchini noodles.
A bowl of dairy free, soy free, gluten free pasta in a bowl

A Few Tips For Making The Best Vegan Mac And Cheese:

  • Don’t worry if you think the sauce is too thin. It will naturally thicken once mixed with the pasta and cooked for an additional 3 minutes.
  • If you’ve decided to remove the cashews, the sauce will be very thin. Blend in 1 teaspoon of tapioca powder, arrowroot flour, or cornstarch to help the sauce thicken as it cooks.
  • You can make this recipe even more hardy and nutritious by adding frozen peas or steamed broccoli. Mix any additional vegetables when stirring the sauce and pasta together.
  • Ensure it’s completely cooled before storing in the fridge. Mac and cheese will stay fresh in an airtight container in the fridge for 5 to 7 days.
  • Vegan mac and cheese can easily be reheated in the microwave for 1 to 2 minutes, or heated in a saucepan with a little extra almond milk or oil.

Get your veggie on with these super delicious vegan recipes:

Other Pasta Recipes To Try:

Try any of these easy pasta recipes as a versatile main or side dish:

 

A bowl of Vegan Mac and Cheese with cashew cheese sauce is in a bowl
Print

Vegan Mac and Cheese Recipe

Homemade Vegan Mac and Cheese recipe with creamy cashew sauce: This dairy-free, soy-free, potato-free, gluten-free mac ‘n cheese recipe is a game-changer.Quick and easy to make on the stovetop for a great weeknight meal.
Course Vegan
Cuisine American
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 30 minutes
Total Time 50 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 511kcal

Ingredients

  • 1/3 cup coconut or olive oil
  • ¼ cup nutritional yeast
  • 4 teaspoons dry mustard
  • 1 tablespoon tomato paste
  • 2 garlic cloves peeled and minced
  • ½ teaspoon ground turmeric
  • Kosher salt and pepper
  • 4 ½ cups unsweetened almond milk
  • 10 ounces 3 cups cauliflower florets, cut into ½ inch pieces
  • 1 ¼ cups raw cashews chopped
  • 1 pound 16 ounces brown rice or regular elbow macaroni
  • 1 tablespoon distilled white vinegar
  • ¼ cup panko bread crumbs lightly toasted - Optional
  • 3-4 tablespoons Italian Parsley chopped - Optional

Instructions

  • Heat oil in large saucepan over medium heat. Stir in nutritional yeast, dry mustard, tomato paste, garlic, turmeric, and 2 teaspoons of salt*. Cook, stirring constantly for a minute.
  • Stir in the almond milk, scraping up any browned bits and bring it to a simmer over medium-high heat. Stir in the cauliflower and cashews; reduce the heat to medium-low, and cook, partially covered, until cauliflower is soft enough that it falls apart when poked with a fork, 20 minutes or so.
  • Working in two batches, process the cauliflower mixture in a blender (or a food processor) until smooth.
  • Meanwhile, cook the pasta according to the packaging instructions. Reserve ½ cup of the cooking liquid and drain the pasta.
  • Pour the cauliflower sauce into now-empty pot and bring it to a gentle simmer over medium-low heat.
  • Add in the drained macaroni and vinegar and cook, stirring constantly, until warmed through and the sauce is slightly thickened, 3 minutes.
  • If needed, use the reserved liquid to adjust consistency. Season with salt and pepper to taste. If preferred, sprinkle each bowl with toasted panko breadcrumbs and chopped parsley.
  • Serve.

Notes

* If you are like me, you might think that 2 teaspoons salt is way too much. However, it is not and it is an important part of the “cheese” flavor and after the sauce is mixed in with pasta everything balances out.

Variations:

  • Oil - Use refined coconut oil to avoid a coconut flavor in the sauce. If you don’t have any on hand, use olive oil instead.
  • Cashews - It is possible to create a nut-free vegan cheese sauce if need be. Substitute them for boiled potatoes or leave them out altogether.
  • Gluten-Free - Remove the panko bread crumbs and use brown rice or quinoa pasta for a gluten-free version.
  • Spice - Add a little kick with a sprinkle of chili flakes on each serving.
  • Nutritional Yeast - If you’re running low on this cheesy seasoning, use 3 tablespoons of white or yellow miso paste.
  • Paleo Version - If you are looking for a paleo version of this no cheese mac and cheese recipe, substitute pasta for zucchini noodles.

Nutrition

Calories: 511kcal | Carbohydrates: 72g | Protein: 19g | Fat: 18g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Sodium: 307mg | Potassium: 588mg | Fiber: 6g | Sugar: 6g | Vitamin A: 209IU | Vitamin C: 26mg | Calcium: 272mg | Iron: 4mg

This recipe is adapted with minor changes from Vegan for Everybody.

This post was originally posted in April 2017. It has been updated with new helpful information with no changes to the original recipe in June 2020.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/vegan-mac-and-cheese/feed/ 60
Easy Spaghetti Bolognese https://foolproofliving.com/spaghetti-bolognese/ https://foolproofliving.com/spaghetti-bolognese/#comments Tue, 25 Feb 2020 21:10:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=5274 Spaghetti Bolognese and I go back quite a while. I remember my mom making this classic Italian meal at home…]]>

Spaghetti Bolognese and I go back quite a while. I remember my mom making this classic Italian meal at home when I was growing up. To me, the scent of meaty tomato sauce simmering away on the stovetop is the definition of comfort food.

But unlike my mom’s version that took hours on the stovetop, I’ve updated the recipe to make a quick bolognese sauce that can be prepared any night of the week. And the best part you ask? It is a crowd-pleaser.

homemade spaghetti bolognese placed in a bowl garnished with parmesan cheese and fresh basil and photographed from the top view.

Made with a creamy bolognese sauce this weeknight pasta dish will be one you’ll make time and time again in about one-third of the time it used to take my mom. The trick is all about good-quality ingredients – the best type of meat, the right tomatoes, and fresh herbs and spices.

What is spaghetti bolognese?

Spaghetti bolognese is just in the name – spaghetti tossed in a sauce made from tomatoes, minced beef, garlic, wine, herbs, and spices. It is a classic Italian dish that has some American roots.

A traditional bolognese sauce made in the northern city of Bologna, Italy is served with broad, flat noodles such as tagliatelle, pappardelle or fettuccine. Another popular way to prepare it is lasagna bolognese. The thinking is that the thick sauce blends better with wider-shaped pasta.

But tossing the bolognese sauce with spaghetti is an Americanized version of the classic. In other words, much quicker and easier, perfect for busy weeknights.

What is the difference between spaghetti bolognese and spaghetti sauce?

Bolognese sauce is a variation of ragu (but ragu is not bolognese – I know, confusing!). Typically, it is a mixture of beef, pork, white wine, milk, tomatoes, and a few additional herbs and seasonings.

Spaghetti sauce, on the other hand, is simply a tomato-based sauce seasoned with a few aromatics such as onions, garlic, herbs, and spices.

Pasta bolognese ingredients

The ingredients for pasta bolognese are broken down into four main groups – the sauce, the meat, the herbs and spices, and the pasta and garnish.

Ingredients for this recipe are placed on a marble and photographed from the top view

Sauce ingredients

  • Vegetable Oil – I like this start this traditional bolognese with a mild Olive Oil from Italy.
  • Onion + Garlic cloves – One large or two small onions and three cloves of garlic will produce a savory flavor that really allows the meat to shine. Many bolognese sauce recipes start with what is known as a soffritto (onions, carrots, celery), but I find that less is more here. If you would like to go the more traditional route, simply replace half the onions with an equal amount of chopped celery and carrots.
  • Diced Tomatoes – High-quality canned diced or crushed tomatoes will produce the most flavorful meat sauce. I prefer San Marzano tomatoes, which are sweeter and richer in flavor. However, you can also used cherry tomatoes (during the summer months) or even plu tomatoes.
  • Tomato Paste – An Italian tomato paste is best. Purchase a tomato paste that comes in a tube, rather than the can.
  • Red Wine – The flavors of the wine will concentrate as they cook down, so choose a medium-bodied, dry red wine such as Pinot Noir, Merlot or Chianti.
  • Chicken Stock – I prefer the lighter flavor of chicken stock, but for a richer, more complex bolognese sauce, use beef broth instead. Always make sure to purchase a low-sodium variety.

Best meat for this recipe

  • 85/15 Ground Beef – I prefer to use only ground beef (some also call it “minced beef”) for my bolognese sauce. A lot of recipes typically include some type of pork, such as pancetta (uncured Italian bacon) or ground pork, but since I am not a big pork eater to begin with, I stick with using all ground beef. As always, go with what works for you.

Alternatively, if you want you can use ground turkey or ground chicken as well.

PRO TIP: If you’d like a mix of meat rather than just one kind, many grocery stores sell a pre-mixed combination of ground beef, pork, and veal. It will be labeled as meatball mix or meatloaf mix. Simply ask your butcher if you can’t find it!

Herbs and spices

The list of spices and herbs to put in my bolognese meat sauce recipe could be as long or as short as you want. Below are the ones I used but feel free to switch it up with whatever herbs and spices you have on hand.

  • Oregano – Dried oregano is a wonderfully classic herb that sings all things Italian to me. Make sure you don’t skip it!
  • Thyme + Bay Leaves – I used the entire thyme spring and tie it in kitchen twine with the bay leaf. The delicate leaves from the thyme fall right off, so all I have to do is remove the wrapped stems and leaf when the bolognese sauce is done cooking.
  • Kosher Salt + Black Pepper – Use the amount called for in the recipe. At the end of cooking, taste and adjust the seasoning as necessary.

Pasta and Garnish

  • Dried Spaghetti – It’s spaghetti bolognese after all! We will talk more about how to cook pasta in a little bit, but any long shaped pasta, such as linguine or fettuccine, will work too.
  • Fresh Basil – I included the basil in garnish since you want to add the basil just before serving. The residual heat from the pasta will lock in its fresh flavor and green color. If you were to add it to the sauce, the basil would wilt and turn black.
  • Parmesan Cheese – A final sprinkling of Parmesan cheese is all this traditional bolognese meal needs.
  • Optional: If you like heat, a pinch of red pepper flakes can also be sprinkled on top before serving.

Related: If you like this pasta dish, you might also like my Baked Ziti with Meat sauce. If you want more of a vegetarian pasta dish, then try this Eggplant Pomodoro Pasta or top your spaghetti off with this delicious Napoli Sauce.

How to make this recipe?

This homemade spaghetti bolognese comes together quick and easy by first cooking the minced meat, then the sauce and pasta, and mixing it all together – this is the trick to serving pasta!

Pasta should always cook with the meat tomato sauce for 1-2 minutes on the stovetop. This allows for the pasta and sauce to come together as one dish.

Quick Homemade Bolognese Sauce photographed from the top view while it is simmering in the pot.

To properly cook pasta bolognese at home, simply:

Cook ground/minced beef

  1. Sweat the onions. In a large Dutch oven (or a large skillet) over medium high heat, add 2 tablespoons of olive oil. Add the finely chopped onion, a pinch of salt and cook until softened, about 5-7 minutes.
  2. Brown the meat. Add the ground beef and break it up into smaller chunks with a wooden spoon. Allow to cook for a few minutes without stirring to get crispy and brown, then stir with a wooden spoon and cook through (until meat is no longer pink), about 7-8 minutes.

Make the sauce

  1. Add the tomatoes. Once the meat is nicely browned, add the diced tomatoes and tomato paste. Cook, stirring frequently scraping the bottom of the pan, for 5 minutes.
  2. Add the herbs and liquids, then simmer. Add the garlic, oregano, thyme and bay leaf bundle, salt, pepper, red wine and chicken stock. Give the sauce a stir (making sure to scrape all the browned bits at the bottom) and bring it to a simmer. Reduce the heat to medium-low, cover and let cook 20-25 minutes, stirring occasionally. Give it a taste, and if necessary, season with more salt and pepper.
  3. Cook the spaghetti noodles. Meanwhile, bring a large pot of water to a boil and season liberally with salt. Cook spaghetti one minute shy of al dente according to the package directions. Reserve 1 cup of the starchy cooking water and drain.
  4. Toss! Remove the herb bundle from the sauce and add the cooked spaghetti. Toss it all together, making sure all the pasta is coated with the sauce. At this point, you can adjust the pasta bolognese as needed by adding a few splashes of the reserved pasta cooking water to loosen it up to your desired consistency. Simmer for 1-2 minutes to finish cooking the spaghetti, then remove from the heat.
  5. Garnish and Serve. Finish with the fresh basil and Parmesan cheese. Transfer to serving bowls and enjoy!

How long does this recipe take to cook?

Typically, bolognese sauce takes a few hours to simmer on the stovetop to develop a deep, rich, savory flavor. But with just a few good-quality ingredients, this quick bolognese sauce recipe only takes 20-25 minutes to simmer.

A bowl of Spaghetti Bolognese Sauce is placed in a bowl and photographed from the front view.

Variations

Below are a few variations for this homemade bolognese sauce to help you create a richer sauce recipe as you make this in your own kitchen.

  • Pork and Beef: Substitute half the ground beef with an equal amount of ground pork. To really bring out the pork flavor, before cooking the onions, render 4 oz of diced pancetta or bacon in the Dutch oven until browned and crispy. Remove with a slotted spoon, pour off all but 2 Tablespoons of the pork fat, omit the vegetable oil and begin making the bolognese sauce recipe. Add the pancetta or bacon back in when you add the remaining herbs and seasonings. If you need a suggestion, here is a more authentic bolognese sauce recipe you can try.
  • With Cream: Once you remove the spaghetti bolognese from the heat, stir in ½ cup of room temperature heavy cream for a smooth, luxurious sauce.
  • Without Wine: Replace the wine with an equal amount of chicken or beef stock. Remember the beef stock will produce a richer, meatier flavor.
  • With Worcestershire Sauce: Adding 1-2 Tablespoons of Worcestershire sauce will give you a rich bolognese sauce. It’s a secret tip that gives this sauce that extra bit of zing!
  • With Jar Sauce: Replace the diced tomatoes and tomato paste with a large jar of your favorite store-bought spaghetti sauce. 
  • Want to make it in a slow cooker? Check out my friend Katie’s Slow Cooker Bolognese recipe.
  • Serve it with Garlic Bread, Garlic Butter Green Beans, or a simple green salad like Butter Lettuce Salad.

How To Store Leftovers & How To Freeze?

If you have leftovers, you can place them in an airtight container and keep in the fridge. Leftover spaghetti bolognese will still be fresh up to 3 days.

Also, if possible, I recommend making just enough pasta to serve. Then keep the leftover sauce separate if you can. This way, when you are ready to serve it again you can make a fresh batch of spaghetti and top it off with the sauce.

This is especially a good idea if you are planning to freeze it. I do not recommend freezing bolognese sauce mixed with pasta. Rather, freeze the sauce in an airtight container after it fully cools down.

More Weeknight Beef Dinner Ideas:

If you try my easy Spaghetti Bolognese recipe or any other pasta recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Spaghetti Bolognese recipe placed in a bolw, garnished with parmesan cheese, and fresh basil and photographed from the top view.
Print

Spaghetti Bolognese Recipe

A weeknight Spaghetti Bolognese recipe that is rich, filling, and hearty. Ready in about 45 minutes, this simplified Italian pasta dish delivers big flavors in little time.  
Course Dinner
Cuisine Italian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 30 minutes
Total Time 45 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 623kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 tablespoons vegetable oil
  • 1 large or 2 small onion, chopped
  • 1- pound ground beef 85% 15%
  • 1 28 ounces can of diced tomatoes
  • 2 tablespoons tomato paste
  • 3 cloves of garlic minced
  • 1 teaspoon dried oregano
  • 1 sprig of thyme tied in a bundle
  • 1 bay leaf
  • 1 teaspoon Kosher salt
  • 1/2 teaspoon black pepper
  • 1/2 cup red wine
  • 1 cup chicken stock
  • 1/2 cup fresh basil roughly chopped
  • 1 cup Parmesan cheese shredded
  • 1 pound (16 oz.) dried spaghetti or linguini

Instructions

  • Heat olive oil in a Dutch oven (or any other heavy bottom pot) in medium heat. Add onion. Cook until wilted, 7-9 minutes.
  • Stir in the tomatoes and tomato paste. Cook, stirring frequently for 5 minutes.
  • Add in the ground beef. Using a wooden spoon break it into smaller chunks. Cook, stirring frequently, until it is browned, 7-8 minutes.
  • Add the garlic, dried oregano, bundle thyme, salt, pepper, bay leaf, red wine, and chicken stock. Give everything a stir. Bring it to a simmer.
  • Reduce the heat to medium-low, put the lid on, and let it to cook for 20-25 minutes, making sure to stir occasionally.
  • Meanwhile, bring a large pot of salted water to boil and cook the spaghetti according to the instructions on its package. *Please read the Pro Tip below*
  • Once the spaghetti is ready, drain it in a colander.
  • Discard the thyme bundle and the bay leaf from the Bolognese sauce.
  • Add drained pasta into the sauce. Stir it all together making sure that the pasta is generously coated with the sauce.
  • Stir in the fresh basil and top it off with grated Parmesan cheese.
  • Serve.

Video

Notes

VARIATIONS:
  • Pork and Beef: Substitute half the ground beef with an equal amount of ground pork. To really bring out the pork flavor, before cooking the onions, render 4 oz of diced pancetta or bacon in the Dutch oven until browned and crispy. Remove with a slotted spoon, pour off all but 2 Tablespoons of the pork fat, omit the vegetable oil and begin making the bolognese sauce recipe. Add the pancetta or bacon back in when you add the remaining herbs and seasonings.
  • With Cream: Once you remove the spaghetti bolognese from the heat, stir in ½ cup of room temperature heavy cream for a smooth, luxurious sauce.
  • Without Wine: Replace the wine with an equal amount of chicken or beef stock. Remember the beef stock will produce a richer, meatier flavor.
  • With Worcestershire Sauce: Adding 1-2 Tablespoons of Worcestershire sauce will give you a rich bolognese sauce. It’s a secret tip that gives this sauce that extra bit of zing!
  • With Jar Sauce: Replace the diced tomatoes and tomato paste with a large jar of your favorite store-bought spaghetti sauce. 
  • PRO TIP: Cook the pasta shy of one minute according to package directions, reserve 1 cup of the starchy cooking water, drain and add the pasta to the pot with the sauce. This is the secret to restaurant-quality pasta! The pasta will continue cooking in the pot with the sauce, releasing it’s natural starch and sticking to the sauce. The reserved cooking water is there for insurance, just in case you need to adjust the sauce’s consistency.

Nutrition

Calories: 623kcal | Carbohydrates: 62g | Protein: 30g | Fat: 26g | Saturated Fat: 13g | Cholesterol: 66mg | Sodium: 810mg | Potassium: 521mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 4g | Vitamin A: 317IU | Vitamin C: 2mg | Calcium: 240mg | Iron: 3mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/spaghetti-bolognese/feed/ 23
Weeknight Vegetarian Ramen Bowl https://foolproofliving.com/ramen-bowl/ https://foolproofliving.com/ramen-bowl/#comments Thu, 02 Jan 2020 15:46:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=17950 I have always been a fan of ramen noodles. You know, those dried noodles with different flavors that they sell…]]>

I have always been a fan of ramen noodles. You know, those dried noodles with different flavors that they sell in supermarkets.

Their convenience is hard to beat: Pour hot water into the cup and have a tasty and filling fare in less than 5 minutes. But let’s face it, they are not the healthiest of meals. With all kinds of additives, preservatives, sugar, and salt they come with a lot of baggage.

A woman is photographed from the top view as she is serving a bowl of Weeknight Vegetarian Ramen Bowl with Shiitake Mushrooms and Bok Choy

Dried Noodles Versus Fresh Noodles

For that reason, I stopped buying dried ramen noodles and decided to no longer use them in my cooking. However, this all changed a few months ago when I discovered fresh ramen noodles in our local Whole Foods Market.

Not knowing what to expect, I bought a few packs and made this quick vegetarian ramen recipe that night. Boy, was that a game-changer. Now, I know I will never go back to the dried ramen noodles again.

If you are wondering, the name of the company is called Sun Noodle (this is not sponsored). They have a few different flavors, but I like the basic one called Kaedamama No 20. They sell them in 10 oz. portions, which is ideal for a weeknight meal. I usually buy a few and keep them in the freezer.

Now, I know you might not be living in an area where they sell this particular brand, but nowadays most supermarkets sell fresh ramen noodles. If you have never tried using fresh ramen noodles, give them a try and better yet, start with this super easy recipe I have here for you.

With this being said, please know that you can make this vegetable ramen recipe with dried noodles as well. Simply swap fresh noodles with 4 packs of the dried ones.

Other Ramen Ingredients – What To Add To Vegetable Ramen Recipe:

In addition to the ramen noodles, I used the following ingredients to make this ramen noodles bowl:

  • Shiitake Mushrooms: Mushrooms are a classic ingredient to use in a veggie ramen recipe both for their umami flavors and meaty texture. I opted for shiitake mushrooms, but other types like white button mushrooms or baby portabella mushrooms would also work in this recipe.
  • Flavoring Agents: To make the broth, I used scallions, grated fresh ginger, and garlic.
  • Vegetable Stock: I used storebought low sodium vegetable broth to make the ramen broth
  • Baby Bok Choy: Baby bok choy happens to be my favorite vegetable to use when I make vegetable ramen bowls like this one for two reasons. 1. It is easy and quick to cook it in the same liquid that I cook the ramen noodles in.
    2. It’s mild flavor pairs so nicely with the rest of the ingredients without taking over the whole soup.
  • Large Eggs: I think adding an egg on top is yet another classic move when it comes to ramen bowls. However, you can also top it off with a fried egg as well.
The ingredients for Weeknight Vegetarian Ramen Recipe with Shiitake Mushrooms and Bok Choy photographed from the top view.
The ingredients for Weeknight Vegetarian Ramen Broth and Bowl with Shiitake Mushrooms and Bok Choy photographed from the front view.

QUICK TIP: You might be wondering whether or not ramen noodles sold in stores are vegan-friendly. I, too, was wondering about this so I looked it up.

Come to find out, the answer to this question depends on the brand. Most of the popular (inexpensive) brands of dried ramen noodles that are sold in the supermarkets are vegan. However, the little seasoning packets that are sold with them are usually not.
Additionally, most of these ramen noodles are produced in facilities that use eggs so there might be some contamination issues there.

The Sun Noodles I am using here are vegan.

In conclusion, the way to find out whether or not ramen noodles are vegan is to check the packaging.

About This Ramen Bowl Recipe – How To Make Vegetarian Ramen

As in most ramen noodle dishes, this recipe has 2 pots going at the same time.

The first one is for the broth. This vegan broth recipe is made with vegetable stock, ginger, scallions, miso paste, and tamari (or soy sauce).

The second one is a pot of boiling water to cook eggs and noodles. If you start them at the same time, it all comes together in 30 minutes or so.

How To Make Vegan Ramen Broth

As in most vegetarian or vegan ramen recipes, the process of making this bowl starts with making the broth. The broth I made in this recipe is miso-based and flavored with shiitake mushrooms, ginger, garlic, scallions, and tamari.

Below are the easy steps to make it:

  1. Cook the mushrooms: Start by heating some vegetable oil in a large pot over medium heat. Add in the mushrooms and saute until softened, 4-5 minutes. Transfer the now-cooked mushrooms onto a plate and set aside.
  2. Cook the Vegetables: In the same pot (no need to wash it), heat some more vegetable oil and add in the green onions, ginger, and garlic. Cook, stirring constantly, for 2 minutes or until they are softened. Add in the vegetable stock. Bring it to a boil and then let it simmer.
  3. Add in the Miso Paste: To incorporate the miso paste into the broth, start by mixing the broth with the miso paste in a separate bowl.
    To do so, place miso paste in a small bowl, ladle ½ cup of the boiling liquid from the pot, and give it a mix until the miso paste is completely dissolved. Add the mixture back into the pot along with tamari and sesame oil.
    I used tamari here, but if you are not following a gluten-free diet you can soy sauce instead.
Learn how to make Vegetarian Ramen - A bowl of Weeknight Vegetarian Ramen Bowl with Shiitake Mushrooms and Bok Choy is photographed from the front view - close up.

Cooking the Veggies, Eggs, and Noodles for Homemade Vegetarian Ramen Recipe

As your vegan ramen broth simmering on the stovetop, cook the eggs, noodles, and bok choy in a separate pot.

But first, start by preparing the bok choy. To do so, gently rinse the baby bok choy (you can also use large bok choy for this recipe) and cut each one in half lengthwise. At this point, I usually rinse them one more time just to make sure that they are free of soil. Set them aside.

Below are the steps to cook the vegetables, eggs, and noodles:

  1. Boil water in a large pot: Bring a large pot of water to a boil.
  2. Cook the eggs: Add in the eggs and let them cook for exactly 8 minutes. Cooking eggs for 8-minutes yields eggs with yolks that are still creamy but firm, which is how they are traditionally served.
    As they are cooking, fill a medium-sized bowl with ice and water. Once the 8-minute cooking time is completed, using a slotted spoon transfer the eggs into the ice water to stop cooking. When it is cold enough to handle peel the eggs.
  3. Cook the bok choy and ramen noodles: Bring the water to a boil and add in the bok choy and ramen noodles and cook until they are softened, 4-5 minutes.
    The exact cooking time of the noodles might change based on the type of noodles you are using so be sure to check the packaging.
    Drain and set aside.

How to Cook Bok Choy for Ramen

It takes around 4-5 minutes for bok choy to cook in hot liquid. As I mentioned earlier, I boil them in the same liquid that I cooked the noodles in as I think it is convenient.

However, if your noodles take longer to cook adjust the timing accordingly and cook the bok choy 4-5 minutes before the ramen noodles are fully cooked.

How To Assemble This Vegetarian Ramen Noodle Bowl:

To assemble the recipe:

  1. Place the now-cooked noodles and bok choy into a large soup bowl.
  2. Ladle a few cups of the simmering vegetarian ramen broth over it.
  3. Slice eggs in half lengthwise and place in the bowl.
  4. Top it off with reserved shiitake mushrooms, scallions, and sesame seeds (if preferred). Serve.

A Few Helpful Tops for The Best Vegetarian Ramen Recipe

  • Switch Up The Veggies: While mushrooms and bok choy are a pretty popular combination to use in most veggie ramen soup recipes, you can switch things up by using other vegetables like halved brussels sprouts, shaved carrot ribbons, shredded cabbage and snow peas.
    However, keep in mind that the cooking time for each of these vegetables might be different so be sure to adjust it accordingly.
  • Fried Eggs Instead of Hard-Boiled Eggs: I cooked my eggs with yolks still creamy but firm, which is how they are traditionally served. However, you can also fry an egg and place it on top as well.
  • What to Do with the Leftovers? The recipe below feeds 6 people. If you are feeding a smaller crowd and end up with leftovers, I recommend storing the broth, cooked veggies (bok choy and shiitakes) and noodles separately in airtight containers and assemble as directed when you are ready to serve.

How Can I Turn This In To A Vegan Ramen Recipe

To make this recipe a vegan ramen noodle bowl, simply omit using eggs. If you wish, you can garnish it with a handful of edamame beans to add in some protein and make it more filling.

If You Liked This Vegetarian Ramen Recipe, You Might Also Like

Recipe image for Weeknight Vegetarian Ramen Bowl with Shiitake Mushrooms and Bok Choy - Two ramen bowls photographed from the top view.
Print

Weeknight Vegetarian Ramen Bowl

A weeknight vegetarian ramen bowl recipe flavored with shiitake mushrooms and bok choy. Ready in 30 minutes and great meal to feed a family of 6. This recipe has been adapted with changes from a recipe in Real Simple (February 2018 issue) magazine.
Course Dinner
Cuisine American
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 30 minutes
Total Time 45 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 383kcal

Ingredients

  • 3 tablespoons vegetable oil divided
  • ½ pound shiitake mushrooms wiped, stems removed and sliced
  • 5 stalks of green onions scallions, sliced, white and green parts* separated
  • 2 tablespoons grated ginger approximately 2 inches
  • 4 cloves of garlic
  • 6 cups of vegetable stock
  • 2 tablespoons white miso paste
  • 2 tablespoons tamari or soy sauce
  • 2 teaspoons toasted sesame oil
  • 4 large eggs
  • 10 oz. fresh ramen noodles or 4 3-ounces packets dry ramen
  • 3 heads baby bok choy rinsed and cut in half lengthwise
  • 1 tablespoon toasted sesame seeds

Instructions

  • Heat 2 tablespoons vegetable oil in a large pot. Add in the shiitake mushrooms and cook,  stirring frequently,  until softened, 4-5 minutes. Transfer mushrooms onto a plate, cover with aluminum foil (to keep them warm), and set aside. Do not wash the pot.
  • To make the miso broth: Heat the remaining 1 tablespoon oil in the now-empty pot. Add in the white parts of the green onions, ginger, and garlic. Cook, stirring constantly, for 2 minutes.Pour in the vegetable stock. Bring it to a boil.
  • Meanwhile, place miso paste into a bowl. Ladle ½ cup of the boiling liquid and whisk until miso is completely dissolved. Add the mixture back into the pot along with tamari (or soy sauce) and sesame oil.
  • To cook the eggs and noodles: Fill a large pot with water and bring it to a boil.
  • Lower eggs into the pot and cook them for 8 minutes. Using a slotted spoon remove them from the pot and place them into a bowl of ice water and set aside.
  • Bring the water back to a boil.
  • Add the noodles and bok choy and cook them until they are al-dente and bok choy turned bright green (and softened), 3-4 minutes. Drain.
  • In the meantime, peel the eggs and halve them lengthwise.
  • To assemble: Place noodles and bok choy in a bowl, pour some miso stock over it and top it off with shiitake mushrooms and eggs. Garnish with the reserved green parts of the scallions and sesame seeds.  

Video

Notes

  • * Reserve some of the green parts to use as garnish and use the rest somewhere else.

Nutrition

Calories: 383kcal | Carbohydrates: 41g | Protein: 12g | Fat: 20g | Saturated Fat: 11g | Cholesterol: 109mg | Sodium: 2533mg | Potassium: 316mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 5g | Vitamin A: 3273IU | Vitamin C: 28mg | Calcium: 119mg | Iron: 4mg

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/ramen-bowl/feed/ 28
Easy Baked Ziti with Meat Sauce https://foolproofliving.com/baked-ziti/ https://foolproofliving.com/baked-ziti/#comments Fri, 08 Nov 2019 12:19:37 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=3229 Ingredients For Baked Ziti  Making this baked ziti with ground beef recipe requires a short list of everyday ingredients.  You’ll…]]>
Aysegul Sanford from the front view.

My best friend just had a baby, and before she came home, I asked other parents how I could help. Almost everyone said the same thing. Feed them. Not gifts, not visits, just dinner waiting in the fridge. 

Since it is still cold outside, I wanted to bring something cozy that they could heat up whenever they found a quiet moment. This baked ziti recipe fits the bill perfectly. This is a recipe I’ve been making for more than ten years, and every time I serve it, someone asks for the recipe. 

Here is what makes it such a good meal to share: 

  • Easy to assemble ahead and reheat when needed 
  • Comforting and satisfying without too much effort 
  • It has everything I love in a classic pasta-with-meat-sauce dinner. Creamy ricotta pockets, a slightly tangy tomato sauce, and a golden-brown, melted cheese top. 

I put the dish together, wrote simple baking instructions on top, and left it on their doorstep. Within half an hour, I started getting thank-you texts filled with lots of emojis. 

Mission accomplished. 

When I make it for us at home, I keep things easy with a green salad on the side and call it dinner. It never disappoints.

Ingredients For Baked Ziti 

Making this baked ziti with ground beef recipe requires a short list of everyday ingredients. 

You’ll find the exact measurements in the recipe card below, but here are a few notes from my testing, along with easy substitutions so you can make it your own, in case you want to swap the protein, use another pasta shape, or lighten it up with veggies.

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.

For the Meat Sauce

The base of this sauce is very similar to my Tomato Basil Sauce Recipe, but if you want a shortcut, you can use your favorite store-bought marinara instead. I like Rao’s, but any of your favorite jarred marinara would work here.

If you want to make it from scratch as I did, below are the ingredients you’ll need:

Olive oil: I recommend using a good-quality extra virgin olive oil, though avocado oil or even a bit of butter will work in a pinch.

Ground beef (hamburger meat): I recommend using 85/15 ground beef for the best flavor, but 93/7 works well if you prefer a leaner cut. Alternatively, you can use ground turkey or ground chicken for a lighter option. You can also make baked ziti with sausage by replacing the beef with mild or hot Italian sausage. 

Onion: You can use either yellow or white onions; both work well here.

Crushed tomatoes: Canned crushed tomatoes work best for a smooth sauce. You can also use canned diced tomatoes; just break them up with a fork or wooden spoon as they cook to make the texture of the sauce smoother.

Red wine vinegar: Adding a little splash brightens the sauce and gives it a restaurant-style taste. If you don’t have it on hand, white wine vinegar or apple cider vinegar works just as well.

Garlic: Fresh garlic is best here. You can also use garlic powder, but since it is stronger, I recommend using about 1/2 teaspoon.

Spices and herbs: I’m using kosher salt, black pepper, cumin, red pepper flakes, fresh basil, and fresh parsley. But feel free to play around with the seasonings.

If you don’t have fresh herbs, dried basil or dried parsley works too. You can also add more chili flakes for a spicy baked ziti, or mix in oregano or Italian seasoning for extra depth.

A note on using cumin: The small amount of cumin I use is a subtle secret ingredient that adds a warm, savory note to the meat. It is an ode to my Mediterranean upbringing and can be omitted if preferred.

For the Pasta

Ziti pasta: Any tubular pasta, like penne or rigatoni, works well because the sauce gets inside the pasta and helps distribute the sauce evenly throughout. If you need a gluten-free option, you can easily use your favorite gluten-free pasta.

Salt: Make sure your pasta water is well-seasoned; it should taste “like the sea.” This is the best way to season your pasta.

To Assemble the Ziti

Ricotta cheese: Whole-milk ricotta melts creamier and gives the baked ziti a richer texture. You can use store-bought ricotta or Homemade Ricotta Cheese (this is an old Ina Garten recipe I have been making for years).

Low-fat ricotta works in a pinch, but it won’t give you the same creamy texture.

Mozzarella cheese: Low-moisture mozzarella is best because it melts really well without releasing extra liquid. If you’re short on time, pre-shredded mozzarella works, but I really recommend buying a block and shredding it yourself; the melt is a lot better. 

You can use low-fat mozzarella, but the creaminess from full-fat cheese is what makes this dish so creamy and comforting. You can also add a handful of shredded Parmesan cheese on top for a bit of an umami kick.

Parsley (optional): I usually just sprinkle a little on top as a garnish, and it adds a nice brightness to the dish. If you don’t have fresh parsley, you can use dried instead.

How to Make Baked Ziti with Meat Sauce (Step-by-Step)

If you’ve never made baked ziti before, think of it as a cozy, layered pasta bake with three simple parts: a quick meat sauce, pasta, and a creamy ricotta-mozzarella layer.

It looks impressive, but truly comes together with just a few easy steps. Here’s how I make it:

Step 1 – Preheat the oven: Start by preheating the oven to 375°F (190°C). 

Steps showing how to make the meat sauce for baked ziti.

Step 2 – Make the meat sauce: Heat a tablespoon of oil in a large skillet over medium heat. Add the ground beef and cook for 8-10 minutes, breaking it apart as it browns.

Equipment Tip: For years, I used a wooden spoon to break the large chunks of ground meat, but I recently purchased a meat chopper that makes the process so much easier and quicker.

Step 3 – Build the sauce: Next, add the onions and cook until softened, for about 7-8 minutes. Stir in the tomatoes, garlic, red wine vinegar, red pepper flakes, cumin, salt, and pepper. Bring everything to a simmer and cook for 10-12 minutes until thickened, and up to 30-45 minutes for the deepest, most robust flavor. 

Turn off the heat and stir in the fresh basil to keep it fresh.

Pro tip: While this recipe is simple and thickens in 10-12 minutes, if you have some extra time (30-45 minutes), simmer the sauce longer over low heat. A longer simmer deepens the flavor and yields the most flavor.

Cooked ziti in a slotted spoon over the pan.

Step 4 – Cook the pasta: While the sauce simmers, bring a large pot of water to a boil. Add 1 tablespoon of salt and the ziti noodles.

I recommend cooking until al dente for about 8-9 minutes, but follow the package instructions for the best timing. This step is important because it will continue to cook in the oven. If you overcook the pasta, it will become mushy and possibly fall apart.

Drain the pasta and set aside.

A Note on Reserving Pasta Water: Most pasta recipes recommend reserving pasta water to thin out the sauce if needed. I have been making this recipe for years and never needed it because the meat sauce already has the right consistency. Still, feel free to reserve some if it makes you feel better.

Steps showing how to assemble baked ziti with hamburger recipe.

Step 5 – Layer ziti and meat sauce: To assemble the baked ziti and meat sauce, spread a thin layer (about 3-4 tablespoons) of sauce on the bottom of a large oven-proof casserole dish (I used a 9×11 Pyrex).

Add half the pasta ziti, then half the meat sauce, then dollops of ricotta (about ½ cup in total) over the top. Repeat with the remaining ziti, remaining sauce, and the rest of the ricotta. Finish by sprinkling it with shredded mozzarella over the top.

Baked ziti with meat sauce from the top view.

Step 6 – Bake, garnish, and serve: Bake for 30 minutes, uncovered, or until the cheese on top is melted and looks golden brown. Sprinkle fresh parsley on top right before serving.

Helpful Tips for the Best Baked Ziti

Simmer the sauce until thick: A watery sauce is the most common reason your baked ziti pasta turns soupy. Letting the sauce simmer for 10-12 minutes helps it reduce (and thicken) and cling better to the pasta. Feel free to let the sauce simmer a bit longer if it is not thickened by the recommended cooking time. However, keep a close eye on it and stir frequently.

Use full-fat cheese for the best taste and texture: Yes, you can make this dish with low-fat ricotta and mozzarella, but should you? Probably not, because the final dish won’t be as rich and creamy compared to the version made with whole-milk ricotta and mozzarella. Full-fat cheese melts creamier and gives the casserole that oozy restaurant-style taste and texture.

Shred your mozzarella: Pre-shredded cheese can be used in a pinch, but it’s coated in anti-caking agents that prevent it from melting smoothly. If you have a few extra minutes, shredding a block of mozzarella gives you the best melt.

You do not need to cover the top: As I was working on this recipe, I saw some versions of it that suggested covering the top with aluminum foil during baking. I tested it both ways and did not think it was needed. There is enough sauce (aka liquid) in this recipe that it won’t dry out when baked without a covering. Plus, a 375°F oven is gentle enough to cook it without drying it out.

If the cheese didn’t brown to your liking: Simply place it under the broiler for a minute or two. Keep a close eye on it, as it goes from golden to burnt quickly.

If your baked ziti turned out dry: This usually happens if you are using a larger casserole dish than recommended, as there is not enough liquid to cover the pasta. When the ingredients are spread too thin, there is not enough sauce to fully cover the pasta, causing excessive moisture to evaporate during baking. I tested this recipe using a standard 9×13-inch and 9×11-inch casserole dish, and they both worked well. If you use a large casserole dish, the pasta could dry out.

If your pasta is dry after reheating: If, after reheating, your pasta is a little dry, add a splash of sauce or even a little water, then cover with foil and warm it gently for a couple more minutes.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

Photos by Tanya Pilgrim.

Baked ziti with meat sauce in a casserole dish.
Print

Baked Ziti with Meat Sauce Recipe

This Baked Ziti with Meat Sauce is an easy pasta recipe that layers ziti with ricotta and homemade tomato-meat sauce. This make-ahead friendly dish is a great crowd pleaser that freezes well.
Course Dinner
Cuisine American
Diet Halal
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 40 minutes
Total Time 1 hour
Servings 6 servings
Calories 657kcal

Ingredients

For the meat sauce:

  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 1 lb. ground beef
  • 1 medium onion chopped
  • 1 can crushed tomatoes 28-ounce
  • 1 tablespoon red wine vinegar
  • 2 cloves garlic minced
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • 1/2 teaspoon black pepper freshly ground
  • 1/4 teaspoon ground cumin optional
  • 1/4 teaspoon red pepper flakes optional
  • 1/4 cup fresh basil torn

For the pasta:

  • 1 pound ziti pasta
  • 1 tablespoon kosher salt

To Assemble The Baked Ziti:

  • 1 cup ricotta cheese homemade or store bought
  • 1 cup mozzarella cheese grated
  • 1/4 cup fresh parsley chopped

Instructions

  • Pre-heat the oven to 375°F (190°C).
  • To make the meat sauce: Heat a tablespoon of oil in a large skillet over medium heat. Place the ground beef and cook for 8-10 minutes, stirring often. You would have to break the large pieces of meat as it is cooking.
  • Add the onions and cook, stirring often, until they are translucent, 7-8 minutes. Add tomatoes, garlic, red wine vinegar, red pepper flakes, cumin, salt and pepper. Bring it to a simmer and continue to cook, stirring occasionally, until it thickens, 10-12 minutes. Turn off the heat and stir in the fresh basil.
  • Cook the pasta: In the meantime, bring a large pot of water to a boil. Add 1 tablespoon of salt and ziti. Cook until it is al dente, 8-9 minutes. Drain the pasta and set aside.
  • To assemble: Spread a thin layer (approximately 3-4 tablespoons) of the meat sauce at the bottom of a large (oven-proof) casserole dish (both 9X13 or 9X11 would work). Place half of the ziti onto the sauce and spread it all over the bottom of the dish. Pour half of the meat and tomato sauce over it. Place 1/2 cup of the ricotta cheese in dollops evenly on the meat sauce.
  • Spread the remaining ziti evenly as a second layer. Pour the remaining meat sauce over the ziti and spread evenly using a spatula. Spread the rest of the ricotta cheese in dollops on top. Sprinkle the top with shredded mozzarella cheese.
  • Bake it (uncovered) in the oven for 30 minutes or until the cheese on top turns golden brown.
  • Sprinkle it with fresh parsley and serve.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This baked ziti recipe serves 6 people. The nutritional values below are per serving.
  • Storing leftovers: Bring them to room temperature, place them in an airtight container, and store them in the fridge for up to 2 days. 
  • Freezing: I recommend freezing it before baking the dish.  To do so, bring the baked ziti to room temperature and tightly cover the casserole dish with stretch film and aluminum foil tightly to prevent freezer burn. Keep it in the freezer for up to 3 months. 
  • Thawing: Let it thaw in the fridge overnight, a day before you are ready to serve. Bake it as directed in the recipe. Keep in mind that it might take just a few minutes longer, but you are good to go once the cheese is golden brown.

Nutrition

Calories: 657kcal | Carbohydrates: 66g | Protein: 33g | Fat: 28g | Saturated Fat: 12g | Cholesterol: 89mg | Sodium: 1768mg | Potassium: 795mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 7g | Vitamin A: 1738IU | Vitamin C: 24mg | Calcium: 234mg | Iron: 3mg

Make Ahead, Freezing & Reheating Instructions

Make ahead: One of my favorite things about this layered pasta dish is that you can assemble it a day in advance and keep it in the fridge. However, be sure to let it fully cool and cover it tightly with stretch film before placing it in the fridge for up to 24 hours before baking.

Alternatively, you can make the meat sauce a day in advance, quickly cook the pasta, and assemble on the day you are ready to serve.

Storing leftovers: Any leftovers of this baked pasta and meat sauce recipe will keep fresh in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 3-4 days.

Freezing: When it comes to freezing, you have two options:

  1. Before baking: If you want to make a batch and store it in the freezer for dinner later, assemble it as directed in the recipe, then bring it to room temperature, and tightly cover the entire casserole dish with plastic wrap and aluminum foil (both layers are recommended to prevent freezer burn). Keep it in the freezer for up to 3 months.
  2. After it is baked: While it is not my favorite, you can freeze the baked version as well. Just keep in mind that the pasta’s texture can be a bit mushy after thawing.

Thawing: Let it thaw overnight in the fridge, then bake as directed in the recipe. It might take just a few minutes longer, but you are good to go once the cheese is golden brown.

Reheating: You can reheat your cooked, baked ziti casserole in a preheated 300°F (150°C) oven for 10-15 minutes or until it is warmed through.

What to Serve With Baked Ziti

Personally, all this classic baked ziti recipe needs is a simple green salad, such as my 15-minute Spring Mix Salad.

However, there are many other options. Some of my favorites are as follows:

Bread: The combination of pasta and bread is a classic for a reason. They are delicious together. I usually serve it with my Air Fried Garlic Bread or a loaf of Crusty Artisan Bread on the side.

Vegetables: I  love serving seasonal roasted or steamed vegetables with any of my pasta dishes. Any seasonal vegetables would work, but if you need inspiration, my Butter Garlic Green Beans, Sauteed Eggplant, or Steamed Asparagus would be a great pairing with this pasta bake.

FAQs

Can I make baked ziti without ricotta?

Technically, yes, but I really don’t recommend skipping it. The ricotta is what makes the layers creamy and gives the dish that classic, cozy texture.

Should baked ziti be covered while baking?

I tested this recipe both ways and found that covering the ziti while it was baking was unnecessary. Since both the pasta anthe d meat sauce are mostly cooked, all we needed was for the cheese to fully melt and the flavors to come together. Covering it made the process longer. So, no, you do not need to cover your ziti when baking.

Can I use penne instead of ziti?

Yes. Any tube-shaped pasta, like penne or rigatoni, works well because the sauce gets inside the pasta, making every bite extra creamy.

Can I make this meatless?

Yes. To make it vegetarian, simply omit the meat and use quick-cooking veggies like spinach or mushrooms instead.

How long does baked ziti last in the fridge?

Once it cools, transfer leftovers to an airtight container and store them in the fridge for up to 3-4 days.

How long to cook baked ziti?

Bake the casserole at 375°F (190°C) for about 30 minutes, or until the cheese is melted and the top is golden.

More Pasta Recipes You Might Like

If you enjoyed this baked pasta recipe, here are a few more cozy pasta dishes I think you might also enjoy:

  • If you prefer a vegetarian version of this recipe, try my Eggplant Baked Ziti recipe. It is just as creamy and delicious, and made without any meat.
  • For a quick and budget-friendly weeknight pasta dinner, try my Ground Beef Stroganoff Recipe. It skips the canned soup and uses fresh mushrooms for a richer, homemade stroganoff sauce, and it comes together in about 30 minutes.
  • For a different twist on pasta night, try my Turkish Pasta. It’s a viral version inspired by Turkish manti, made with ground beef, a creamy garlic yogurt sauce, and a paprika butter drizzle.
  • And if you’re craving a classic, my Spaghetti Bolognese is a faster, weeknight-friendly take on traditional bolognese.


This post may contain affiliate links. If you purchase through these links, I may earn a small commission, at no additional cost to you.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/baked-ziti/feed/ 27
6-Ingredient Butternut Squash Noodles Recipe https://foolproofliving.com/squash-noodles-recipe/ https://foolproofliving.com/squash-noodles-recipe/#comments Tue, 20 Nov 2018 16:30:01 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=20914 This post is sponsored by Carapelli® . All thoughts and opinions are my own. On my morning walks, I pass…]]>

This post is sponsored by Carapelli® . All thoughts and opinions are my own.

On my morning walks, I pass by pumpkin patches sitting under the watchful eyes of scarecrows. The small local farms in our small town here in Southern Vermont attract families with young children, intent on picking out the perfect canvas for their seasonal Jack O’ Lantern.

Butternut Squash Noodles with Parmesan and Walnuts

Last week in one of those walks, I picked out a few butternut squashes to try my hand in making squash noodles. If you have been following for a while you might remember the Sweet Potato Noodle Pad Thai and 5-Ingredient Zucchini Noodles I shared a while back. They are amongst some of the most popular recipes on the blog.

With the butternut squash currently being in abundance, I wanted to see how it would turn out if I were to spiralize it and turn it into noodles. To my surprise, it ended up being such a good recipe that I decided that it should be on the blog.

I also thought that it would be a great vegetarian side dish with the holidays coming up, especially if you have vegetarian guests coming. Made with just a few ingredients, this Butternut Squash Noodles recipe is bursting with autumn flavors and ready in less than 20 minutes.

If you are like me, into making quick dinners with minimal ingredients, you know that the key to creating dishes that taste good is using high-quality ingredients. For my butternut squash pasta noodles, I used Carapelli Organic Extra Virgin Olive Oil, a premium oil full of depth and flavor (bottled in Florence, Italy for over 125 years), that I purchased from our local Stop and Shop.

butternut squash noodle recipes
squash noodles recipe

I have been using Carapelli Organic Extra Virgin Olive Oil since I featured it in this Roasted Carrot Hummus recipe last summer. In addition to tasting really good, it has an artful and elegant looking bottle that is hard to miss on the olive oil isle at the supermarket.

How to make squash noodles

Before I continue to talk about the recipe, I want to talk about how to to turn butternut squash to “noodles”.

Here are two methods you can use:

How to Spiralize Butternut Squash

The first method, the one I used, is using a spiralizer. This is the one I own and I cannot recommend it enough.

When it comes to spiralizing butternut squash you want to find a squash with a long and thick neck. The bottom part (where the seeds are), called bulbous, does not have an ideal shape for spiralizing. I reserve the bottom part for roasting later on.

To make spiralized squash noodles, simply peel the neck part of the butternut squash and trim the top off. Then using the thickest noodle blade process butternut into noodles. Since butternut squash is harder than other vegetables like zucchini and sweet potatoes, it is important to make sure that the squash is securely pressed onto the prongs before you start turning the wheel to turn it into noodles.

If preferred, trim the long squash noodles into shorter lengths so they are easier to cook and eat later on.

Watch how to spiralize butternut squash video {27 Seconds}

sauteed butternut squash noodles
cooking butternut squash noodles

How to Make Butternut Squash Noodles Without a Spiralizer

Alternatively, you can use a julienne peeler to make butternut squash noodles. Though I have to be honest, this will require a bit of an arm workout. Additionally, the “noodles” you will get using a julienne peeler will be thinner compared to squash noodles made with a spiralizer. As a result, they will cook quicker.

What if I don’t own a spiralizer?

No need to worry if you don’t own a spiralizer, because nowadays most supermarkets sell various spiralized vegetables. For instance, our local Stop and Shop has a special section in the fresh produce area, where you can conveniently choose amongst several kinds of veggie “noodles” that are perfectly portioned for 2 servings.

butternut squash pasta noodles in a large pan from the top

How to cook butternut squash noodles

There are 3 ways to cook butternut squash noodles:

Sauteé on the Stove Top - How To Cook Spiralized Butternut Squash

The process of cooking this squash noodles on the stove top recipe has 2 folds.

First, you sauteé a small chopped onion and a few cloves of garlic in 2 tablespoons of olive oil. Then you add in the squash noodles and sauteé them gently for 7-10 minutes. I recommend using kitchen tongs as it will be easier to turn them as they cook. You will know that they are fully cooked, when they are softer and smaller in volume.

Second, you add in the flavoring agents. I wanted to keep this recipe super simple so I went with toasted walnuts, a touch of parmesan cheese, and some fresh parsley to finish off. Though if you are making this for your holiday entertaining, you can swap freshly parsley with fresh sage.

Boil Squash Noodles Like Pasta - How to Boil Squash Noodles

Alternatively, you can boil the butternut squash noodles (like spaghetti) in a pot of salted boiling water for 3-5 minutes. The timing depends on the thickness of your noodles, but I recommend keeping a close eye on it as it happens fairly quick.

If you decide to go with the boiling method and want to use the flavoring agents I used in my squash noodles recipe here, I recommend that you cook the onion with Carapelli olive oil separately and add in the boiled squash noodles into the pot at the end. This way noodles will be coated with the onions., which will provide a moist surface for parmesan cheese to stick to later when they are sprinkled with it.

Roast Butternut Squash Noodles in The Oven

Another method to cook squash noodles is to roast them in the oven. If you decide to do so, simply preheat the oven to 400 F degrees, line a sheet pan with parchment paper, spread your spiralized butternut squash on the sheet pan, drizzle it with a tablespoon of olive oil and sprinkle with salt and pepper. It should take no longer than 7-9 minutes for them to fully roast and soften.

sauteed butternut squash noodles in a large bowl from the front with a fork in the bowl

How long to cook butternut squash noodles for?

The timing of how long it takes for butternut squash noodles to cook depends on the thickness of your noodles and the method you decide to use to cook them.

The thicker they are the longer it will take for them to cook. If you choose to use a spiralizer like I did (or buy them already spiralized from the supermarket), it takes 7-10 minutes for them to cook over medium-high heat on the stovetop. I recommend continually turning the noodles using tongs to make sure even cooking.

If you decide to cook them like spaghetti they cook faster, 3-5 minutes for al dente. If you decide to boil them, keep a close eye on them as it can get mushy so quickly.

sauteed butternut squash noodles in a bowl with parmesan cheese and olive oil on the side

A Few Tips on For The Best Sautéed Butternut Squash Noodles

  • What to do with the leftovers: I doubt that you will, but if you have leftovers, you can place them in an airtight container and keep them in the fridge. They will keep fresh for one more day.
  • Can I freeze butternut squash noodles: Yes, you can but I recommend freezing them before cooking. If you decide to do so, simply spiralize your squash, place in a plastic bag, and store it in the fridge upto 5 days or a month in the freezer.
  • Can I serve this to my vegan friends: Absolutely! Simply omit parmesan cheese or swap it with a few tablespoons of nutritional yeast for the umami flavor.

Regardless of the method you choose to cook or flavor your butternut squash noodles, it is important to use the freshest and highest quality ingredients when making such simple recipes.

After all these years of writing and sharing recipes for a food blog, I found that the art of cooking and eating well is all about using the freshest produce that is in season and looking for the highest quality ingredients to deliver big flavors. Since cooking almost every dish starts with olive oil, I prefer to spend on extra on Carapelli EVOO as I believe they have mastered the art of crafting exceptional extra virgin olive oils.

Other vegetable noodle recipes (aka low carb dinner recipes you might like

Other squash recipes you might like

Butternut Squash Noodles Recipe Image
Print

6-Ingredient Butternut Squash Noodles

Learn how to cook butternut squash noodles on the stove top for a scrumptious, healthy, and 6-ingredient vegetarian 15-minute dinner recipe.
Course Vegetarian Dinner
Cuisine American
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 25 minutes
Servings 4
Calories 320kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 tablespoons Carepelli EVOO
  • 1 small onion chopped
  • 2 cloves of garlic minced
  • 6 cups spiralized Butternut Squash Noodles from two 10-12 inch butternut squashes
  • Salt*
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper
  • ½ cup walnuts roughly chopped
  • ½ cup shredded parmesan cheese
  • 2 tablespoons Italian parsley chopped (optional)

Instructions

  • Heat Carepelli EVOO in a large saucepan over medium-high heat. Add in the onion and cook until translucent, 3-4 minutes.
  • Stir in the garlic and cook, stirring constantly, for 30 seconds.
  • Add in the butternut squash noodles and cook for 7-10 minutes (timing depends on the thickness of your noodles). I recommend using kitchen tongs to gently turn them as they cook. You will know that they are cooked when they soften and get smaller in volume.
  • Add in the walnuts and give it a large gentle stir.
  • To Serve: Divide the cooked noodles into bowls and sprinkle each bowl with parmesan cheese and chopped fresh parsley, if preferred.

Video

Notes

*I would recommend starting with a small amount of salt and adding more after adding the parmesan only if you think you need it.

Nutrition

Calories: 320kcal | Carbohydrates: 30g | Protein: 10g | Fat: 20g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Cholesterol: 11mg | Sodium: 202mg | Potassium: 871mg | Fiber: 6g | Sugar: 6g | Vitamin A: 22600IU | Vitamin C: 49mg | Calcium: 266mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/squash-noodles-recipe/feed/ 49
5-Ingredient Zucchini Noodles https://foolproofliving.com/5-ingredient-zucchini-noodles/ https://foolproofliving.com/5-ingredient-zucchini-noodles/#comments Mon, 14 Aug 2017 14:16:32 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=14722 As a food blogger, I usually find myself looking for recipes that are different than what is already out there.…]]>

As a food blogger, I usually find myself looking for recipes that are different than what is already out there. While I think there is nothing wrong with that, when it comes to the meals I make my for myself, I usually go for recipes that are quick and easy to make with whatever is in season. Our farmer’s market is bursting with zucchinis and lately I have been making this 5-ingredient zucchini noodles dish on repeat.

5-Ingredient Zucchini Noodles Recipe - A vegetarian spiralized zucchini noodle pasta recipe made with olive oil, garlic, dill and feta placed on a plate with a fork on the side.

Why should you try zucchini noodles?

Unless you are hiding in a cave for the last few years, you would know that spiralized vegetables are the new hype for some time now. Nowadays, they sell already spiralized vegetables in grocery stores. In my opinion, zucchini noodles (aka zoodles) are the best vegetable to spiralize.

Here is why:

1. Even after cooking just a few minutes, it resembles spaghetti, helping you with feeding your eyes.
2. It is super quick to cook. All you need is 5-6 minutes to cook zucchinis.
3. Since it has very little flavor on its own, it is so easy to flavor zoodles with whatever you have in your fridge.
4. You can eat as much as you want. Since zucchini is a very low calorie and good-for-you kind of vegetable, you can eat as much as you want. Plus, you get almost 2-3 cups of zoodles from one zucchini.

Vegetarian zucchini zoodles on a plate topped off with feta cheese and dill.

About This 5-Ingredient Zucchini Noodles Recipe:

If you ask me, this zoodle dish is the dictionary definition of a workday lunch. You cook the zucchinis in oil flavored with minced garlic and top it off with crumbled feta and dill. Voila! You have an amazing, low calorie lunch ready in 15-20 minutes, from start to finish.

You can serve it warm or cold. Want to add some animal protein? Top it off with a poached or fried egg. Have some cherry tomatoes? Add them in. Don’t like dill? Substitute it with fresh parsley. Sky is the limit.

Pack it in a container and take it to work. Seriously, do yourself a favor and make this 5-ingredient zucchini noodles before the zucchini season is over.

a plate full of 5-ingredient zucchini noodles is photographed from the top view.

Frequently Asked Questions:

How To Cook Zucchini Noodles on Stove?

There are 2 things you need to pay attention when it comes to cooking zucchini noodles on the stove:

1. Make sure that your skillet is very hot. The cooking oil should be sizzling and it should cover the bottom of your skillet.
2. Be sure to not to overcrowd your skillet. When you spiralize zucchini, they will look like a lot of zucchini pasta, but once they are cooked they will shrink quite a bit. The trick here is to cook them in small batches.

How long to cook zucchini noodles?

I prefer my zoodles al dente so I cook them for 4-6 minutes. However, it depends on your preference. The longer you cook the softer and soggy they will get.
Also, to ensure even cooking, I recommend using tongs to toss them as they cook.

How to make zucchini noodles without a spiralizer?

While I love my Spiralizer, I know that you may think of it as “yet another gadget” that will take up space in your kitchen. I understand. Luckily, there are some other ways you can make zoodles without a spiralizer.

The below 2 are the ones I tried:

  • Use a julienne peeler: I recommend investing in a julienne peeler. I have one of these Ultra Sharp Stainless Steel Dual Julienne & Vegetable Peeler
    and I think it is super handy. It does a really good job of evenly julienning vegetables. Though this is one of those tools you want to be very careful while operating as it is very sharp, especially around children.
  • Use a regular vegetable peeler: I wanted to list this method as most of us own a vegetable peeler. If you choose this method, you can make ribbons out zucchini and cook them as “fettuccine” style pasta. A great example of this is this Zucchini Fettuccine with Kale recipe.

I have seen some people also use a mandoline but I do not own one. If you do, I think it is worth a try.

Can zucchini noodles be frozen?

I do not recommend freezing zucchini noodles as they get very mushy and watery.

Where can I buy zucchini noodles?

It used to be that you can find spiralized vegetables only in health food stores like Whole Foods and Trader Joe’s. However, nowadays even small supermarkets has a section in their refrigerated sections for various types of spiralized vegetables, including zucchini noodles.

How can I make zucchini noodles more flavorful?

As I mentioned earlier, since they are pretty much flavorless you can easily flavor them in various ways. In addition to this 5-Ingredient Zucchini Noodle recipe, below are my favorite ways:

5-Ingredient Zucchini Noodles Recipe - A vegetarian spiralized zucchini noodle pasta recipe made with olive oil, garlic, dill and feta.
Print

5-Ingredient Zucchini Noodles

This vegetarian 5-Ingredient Zucchini Noodles dish is the perfect healthy summer lunch. Ready in less than 20 minutes, it is a great way to use summer's favorite vegetable, zucchini.
Course Vegetarian
Cuisine Mediterranean
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 10 minutes
Total Time 20 minutes
Servings 2
Calories 292kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 tablespoons olive oil
  • 1 clove of garlic minced
  • 4 medium sized zucchini spiralized with the skin on
  • ¼ teaspoon sea salt*
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • ½ cup feta cheese crumbled
  • 2 tablespoons fresh dill coarsely chopped

Instructions

  • Heat oil in a large skillet in medium heat. Add in the garlic clove and cook, stirring constantly, until lightly browned, 30 seconds or so.
  • Add in the zucchini “noodles” and season with salt and pepper. Cook until slightly wilted, 4-5 minutes. Make sure to turn it a few times with tongs (or two forks) to ensure even cooking.
  • Divide the zucchini noodles amongst two plates. Sprinkle with feta cheese and dill. Taste for seasoning, and add in if necessary.
  • Serve immediately

Notes

  • When it comes to seasoning, I would recommend to check the saltiness of your feta before adding more salt into the dish.
  • This dish can be served warm and cold. It makes a great cold salad.
  • Alternatively, you can top it off with a fried or poached egg if you want to add some animal protein to your dish.

Nutrition

Calories: 292kcal | Carbohydrates: 14g | Protein: 10g | Fat: 23g | Saturated Fat: 8g | Cholesterol: 33mg | Sodium: 741mg | Potassium: 1046mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 11g | Vitamin A: 973IU | Vitamin C: 71mg | Calcium: 248mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/5-ingredient-zucchini-noodles/feed/ 27
Homemade Tomato Basil Sauce with A Quick How-To Video https://foolproofliving.com/homemade-tomato-basil-sauce/ https://foolproofliving.com/homemade-tomato-basil-sauce/#comments Thu, 30 Mar 2017 13:10:08 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=13531 I know that some of you might find store-bought tomato sauce to be convenient. I’ll admit; I have purchased tomato…]]>

I know that some of you might find store-bought tomato sauce to be convenient. I’ll admit; I have purchased tomato sauce from a supermarket before. I agree that it is hard to beat the fact that it is such a time-saving shortcut when you need to put dinner on the table on a Tuesday night. However, I think it is also hard to beat the quality of homemade tomato sauce over the supermarket one.

A woman is holding a jar of homemade tomato basil sauce photographed from the front view.

The recipe that I share here is one that I make all the time and keep it in my fridge. In addition to the recipes I mentioned above, I also use it as my go-to Tomato Basil Pasta Sauce when I am in need of a quick, easy, and delicious dinner on a Tuesday night.

There are so many uses for this, but I guess my favorite recipes are Baked Turkey Meatballs, Eggplant Involtini, Baked Parmesan Eggplant, and Baked Chicken Parmesan.

It freezes well so if you want to make a big batch of it and have some of it stocked up in your fridge, feel free to do so.

How To Make Homemade Tomato Basil Sauce VIDEO

 

My Tips and Tricks for the Best Homemade Tomato Basil Sauce:

The best thing about this sauce is the fact that it is made with only a few ingredients. But as in all simple recipes, the quality and amount of ingredients you use play a big role in the end product. So here are a few of my tips and tricks to help you, as you make your own.

Whole Tomatoes versus Crushed Tomatoes:

Before I start talking about whole versus crushed tomatoes, please know that the recipe below uses canned tomatoes because I wanted it to be one that you can make year around. If you have fresh tomatoes, feel free to use them instead.

The equivalent of two 28-ounce canned whole tomatoes to fresh tomatoes is around 4-4 1/2 pounds. I like my tomatoes peeled, but you can leave the skin on if you like.

If you are using canned tomatoes, I recommend using whole canned tomatoes, as most of the time, the only ingredients in those cans are peeled tomatoes and tomato juice. I agree that crushed canned tomatoes are convenient, but they are also packed with chemicals like citric acid and calcium chloride to help them retain their shape.

When I make a big batch of this sauce, I use my food processor to crush them faster. If you decide to do so I would recommend using the pulse button and just give them a light crush instead of pureeing them. This way you would end up with chunky tomatoes in your sauce. But if you like your sauce pureed (with no chunky tomatoes) then go for a longer pulse.

Additionally, you can chop them up by hand. Some people think that it would be better if you have big chunks of tomatoes in the sauce. I made this sauce both ways and the end product was very good in both times.

Homemade Tomato Sauce placed in jars with olive oil and garlic on the side

Garlic To Tomato Ratio For The Best Basil Tomato Sauce:

I am a huge fan of garlic. I am that person, who uses more garlic than recipes ask for. Throughout the years that I made this sauce, I have doubled (may have even tripled) the amount of garlic used in this sauce. But quite honestly, even though garlic is the main flavoring of this recipe, using more garlic does not give you a tastier sauce. It makes it bitter. So my ratio for two 28-ounce canned tomatoes is to use 5 large cloves of freshly minced garlic. It is more than most similar tomato recipes use so if you prefer yours with less garlicky taste, feel free to use 3 cloves.

During the initial cooking, be sure to keep an eye on the garlic and give it a stir often as garlic cooks quickly and burns easily. With that being said, you do need to cook the garlic for it to release all of its flavors so do not leave site of it while it is cooking.

Fresh Basil Leaves For The Finishing Touch:

The second flavoring agent after garlic in this tomato basil sauce is fresh basil leaves you put in the sauce at the very end. Since basil leaves are very thin they bruise easily. So instead of cutting with a knife, tear them with your hands right before you put them in the sauce. They don’t have to be uniformed in size, as they will melt shortly after you place them in the sauce.

If you are not a fan of basil or want to try variations of this sauce, you can swap basil with cilantro, Italian parsley, or oregano.

a bowl of pasta topped off with Tomato Basil Pasta Sauce

How To Store Homemade Tomato Basil Sauce in the Fridge?

You can store this sauce in the fridge in an airtight container up to a week.

Does This Homemade Tomato Basil Sauce Freeze Well?

Absolutely. If it is stored properly, it will maintain its freshness up to 4 months.

What Is The Best Way to Store Homemade Tomato Basil Sauce?

Best thing to do is to store them in airtight plastic containers or freezer safe glass jars. Yes, you read it right. I use glass jars to freeze tomato sauce. Quite honestly, I had no idea that I can freeze food in glass jars until I read Rebecca Katz’s cookbook Clean Soups. The following about containers is from her book (page:12):

“If using glass containers be sure they are made of tempered glass that can be frozen. If you are using any type of plastic, be sure it is BPA-free and that the soup (in our case, the sauce) has cooled completely before storing…”

If you decide to use glass jars, leave one to two inches of space at the top of the jar to prevent it from cracking in the freezer. If you are in need of a recommendation, I use these Ball Mason “PINT” Jars or WECK jars to do the job and never had a problem.

Alternatively, you can use heavy duty freezer bags.

How Can I Make This Sauce Thicker and Visa Versa?

The thickness of this sauce depends on the time you cook it. The longer you cook it the thicker it will get. Though I have to caution you on two things here:

  1. You need to make sure to stir it every 5 minutes or so.
  2. The cooled down tomato sauce will be thicker than its hot version. I find that 25 minutes is the sweet spot, but you can experiment with the timing to find your favorite texture.

In the same manner, if you want it to be thinner then I recommend cooking it less than 20 – 25 minutes.

Do I Need To Put Sugar in Homemade Tomato Basil Sauce?

Yes, you do unless you want to end up with a bitter tomato sauce. I used organic cane sugar, but in the past I also used honey and maple syrup as well. They all work.

Should I Use Vinegar?

After I first published this post, a few readers reached out and said that they also add a few tablespoons of vinegar (i.e. white wine vinegar, apple cider vinegar, etc.) to balance out the flavors. I did try the recipe with a tablespoon of vinegar and I thought it was good, but to be honest I did not feel like it made a huge difference.

More Tomato Recipes You Might Also Like

 

A woman is photographed from the front view as she is holding a jar of homemade tomato basil sauce.
Print

Homemade Tomato Basil Sauce

Learn how to make my "foolproof" Homemade Tomato Basil Sauce in less than 45 minutes from start to finish.This is an easy-to-make, vegan, and versatile tomato sauce that you can use either just by itself or in different recipes ranging from simple pasta to pizza dishes.
Course Sauce
Cuisine American
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 25 minutes
Total Time 35 minutes
Servings 4 cups
Calories 130kcal

Ingredients

  • ¼ cup extra virgin olive oil
  • 5 cloves of garlic peeled and minced
  • 2 28-ounce cans whole tomatoes *, crushed in food processor or by hand (read the blog post for details)
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper freshly ground
  • ¼ teaspoon red pepper flakes
  • 1 teaspoon organic cane sugar regular sugar, honey or even maple syrup would also work
  • 8-10 leaves of fresh basil roughly torn

Instructions

  • Heat the olive oil in a large heavy bottom pan in medium heat. Add in the garlic. Cook stirring regularly, until lightly browned, 2-3 minutes. Do not leave site of it as garlic burns easily.
  • Add in the tomato, salt, pepper, red pepper flakes, and sugar. Cook in medium heat, stirring every few minutes, until it thickens, 20-25 minutes.
  • Stir in the chopped fresh basil and turn the heat off. Let it cool down to room temperature.
  • Divide it amongst freezer friendly jars or other airtight containers.
  • Feel free to freeze it up to 4 months or keep in the fridge up to a week.

Video

Notes

* Alternatively, you can use 4 to 4 1/2 pounds of fresh tomatoes.

Nutrition

Calories: 130kcal | Carbohydrates: 3g | Protein: 1g | Fat: 14g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Sodium: 585mg | Potassium: 15mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 90IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 7mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/homemade-tomato-basil-sauce/feed/ 49
Pumpkin Creme Fraiche Pasta with Sage https://foolproofliving.com/pumpkin-creme-fraiche-pasta-with-sage/ https://foolproofliving.com/pumpkin-creme-fraiche-pasta-with-sage/#comments Mon, 24 Oct 2016 05:00:27 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=11098 I will be the first one to admit, crème fraiche is an underused ingredient on this blog. However, we are…]]>

I will be the first one to admit, crème fraiche is an underused ingredient on this blog. However, we are about to change that, because since I came back from the Vermont Cheese Camp I have been testing a lot of recipes using this rich custardy cream. And this pumpkin crème fraiche pasta with sage and shallots is the first of the many recipes to come. If you are like me, new to using crème fraiche in your cooking, this is a great recipe to start as it is made with only a few ingredients and comes together in less than 30 minutes.

Pumpkin Creme Fraiche Pasta with Sage

What is creme fraiche and how is it different from sour cream?

So you may ask, what is crème fraiche and how is it made? With a texture similar to sour crème, crème fraiche is a custardy and velvety cream made from cow’s milk by separating the cream from the milk and fermenting it with a culture (lactic bacteria). Even though its consistency resembles sour crème, it has a higher fat content and a less tangy taste. As the name suggests, it is originated from France and used frequently in French cooking. Though nowadays a lot of supermarkets in the US maintain a good supply of crème fraiche in their dairy section.

Pumpkin Creme Sauce in a bowl

A lot of people use crème fraiche as a condiment and serve with desserts. I find it especially refreshing when served alongside a summer tart or a dollop of it added onto a bowl of fresh fruit. In addition, because of its high fat content, unlike sour cream, it is not prone to curdling and can handle high heat. That is why it is widely used in cooking as well. This is the reason why it is more expensive than sour cream.

Two bowls of Pumpkin Pasta with flatware

About this Pumpkin Creme Fraiche Pasta with Sage Recipe

Now let’s talk about this pumpkin crème fraiche pasta with sage and shallots recipe. For one thing, every single ingredient in this recipe has its own unique flavor. However, what makes this dish so incredible is that they pair so well with each other. If you were a fan of winter squash and use it often in your fall recipes, you would already know that fresh sage and winter squash are made for each other. Honestly, I rarely use sage  in my cooking because I think, if not used properly, its flavors may take over the whole dish. However, if you cook it with other flavoring agents like shallots and garlic, it looses its strong flavor while landing a more balanced and earthy taste that compliments the overall dish.

Once the pumpkin puree and crème fraiche is added to the sautéed shallot and sage mixture and cooked, you end up with a creamy pasta sauce that takes your autumn pasta game to the next level. The best part: It all comes together in less than 30 minutes.

Overhead view of Pumpkin Creme Fraiche Pasta with Sage with ingredients for pumpkin sauce recipes

In terms of pasta, I used brown rice spaghetti, but you could use any pasta of your choice. As in all pasta dishes, I recommend reserving a cup of the cooking liquid, as you may need it later on if the pasta dries or the sauce needs a little bit more liquid. This dish is best when consumed on the day of cooking. It serves four people, but you can easily half or double the recipe based on the number of people you are serving.

Overhead view of a person preparing to Pumpkin Creme Fraiche Pasta with Sage with a small bowl of cheese and a glass of lemon water

Pumpkin Creme Fraiche Pasta with Sage: An easy and quick to make pasta recipe flavored with pumpkin puree, creme fraiche and sage.
Print

Pumpkin Creme Fraiche Pasta with Sage

This Pumpkin Creme Fraiche Pasta with Sage and Shallots is a vegetarian and gluten-free recipe you can make in less than 30 minutes. This quick yet super flavorful sage flavored pumpkin-creme fraiche pasta sauce is prepared while the pasta is cooking and then served with a healthy amount of Parmesan cheese and more fresh sage. Add this savory fall recipe to your collection of pumpkin recipes for a delicious meal to make when you are short on time.
Course Main Course – Pasta Dish
Cuisine American
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 485kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 pound gluten-free brown rice spaghetti or any other pasta of your choice
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 1 large shallot* or 2 small, peeled and chopped
  • 6-8 leaves of fresh sage rinsed and julienned (sliced thinly), plus a few leaves as garnish
  • 2 cloves of garlic minced
  • 1 ½ cup unsweetened pumpkin puree
  • ½ cup crème fraiche
  • ½ teaspoon salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper freshly ground
  • 2 tablespoons Parmesan Reggiano grated

Instructions

  • Cook your pasta according to the directions on its package. When cooked, reserve a cup of its liquid, drain, and set aside.
  • Meanwhile, heat olive oil in a large pan in medium heat. Add in the shallots and cook until translucent.
  • Stir in the fresh sage leaves and garlic. Cook, stirring constantly for 45 seconds to a minute.
  • Stir in the pumpkin, crème fraiche, salt and pepper. Give it a stir to make sure all the ingredients are incorporated. Cook, stirring frequently, until warm. This happens pretty quick so keep a close eye on it.
  • Add in the pasta into the sauce. Stir to make sure all the pasta is coated with the sauce. If you think it needs a little more liquid, add some of the reserved pasta liquid.
  • Taste for seasoning and add if necessary.
  • When ready to serve, sprinkle it with Parmesan Reggiano and garnish it with fresh sage leaves.

Nutrition

Serving: 4servings | Calories: 485kcal | Carbohydrates: 98g | Protein: 10g | Fat: 7g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Cholesterol: 2mg | Sodium: 355mg | Potassium: 210mg | Fiber: 11g | Sugar: 6g | Vitamin A: 14320IU | Vitamin C: 5mg | Calcium: 54mg | Iron: 1mg

Recipe adapted from this Edible Feast recipe.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/pumpkin-creme-fraiche-pasta-with-sage/feed/ 18
Eggplant Pomodoro Pasta https://foolproofliving.com/eggplant-pomodoro-pasta-2/ https://foolproofliving.com/eggplant-pomodoro-pasta-2/#comments Tue, 06 Sep 2016 19:33:21 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=10562 The summer is officially over. Our AC is turned off, windows are open, and even with a lot of dust…]]>

The summer is officially over. Our AC is turned off, windows are open, and even with a lot of dust coming inside, I am loving the breeze. They say the warm summer temperatures are not going anywhere yet, but I can certainly feel the season change early in the morning and late in the evening.

A bowl of Eggplant Pomodoro Pasta topped off with tomatoes in a bowl.

Personally, if I had my way I would spend all my day outside. During the day, I keep finding myself coming up with an excuse to go outside even though I should be home and working. I am sure you know the feeling.

Today’s recipe, Eggplant Pomodoro Pasta, is the final summer dish of the year. This 30-minute weeknight pasta was one of my mom’s classic recipes that I grew up eating every summer during my childhood years. It is a vegetarian dinner that makes great use of tomatoes and eggplants that are currently in abundance. If you are an eggplant lover, this dish is for you.

Eggplant Pomodoro Pasta in a cast iron skillet garnished with parsley
A woman is photographed as she is eating pasta in a bowl

About this Eggplant Pomodoro Pasta recipe:

If you have ever cooked eggplants before, you would know, sometimes, especially if it is an older eggplant, its brown seeds might cause it taste bitter. To get rid of the bitterness, my mother used to put sliced eggplants in a bowl of water with a generous amount of salt. Letting it sit in salty water for 10-15 minutes would improve the taste of the flesh and get rid of the bitterness.

Alternatively, you can also sprinkle your eggplant with salt and let is sit on the counter for 20-30 minutes. In both methods, it is imperative to pat dry them with paper towels and make sure they are as dry as possible. With all that being said, if you have access to freshly picked eggplant with a very little amount of seeds, feel free to skip this step.

In Italian, pomodoro means tomato. As the name suggests, this recipe uses a generous amount of tomatoes. In the recipe below, I used a combination of Roma tomatoes and cherry tomatoes as I think that almost everyone has access to those two kinds.

However, if you can get your hands on juicy ripe vine tomatoes feel free to swap Roma tomatoes with them. I added both kinds of tomatoes at the same time, but you can also add cherry tomatoes towards the end. I sometimes do that, because I love the sweetness and freshness that they add to the dish.

Can’t get enough of tomato-based pasta dishes? Try your hand in making this puttanesca sauce. It is truly divine.

A bowl of Eggplant Pomodoro Pasta with a fork in it.

One important thing I want to mention here is the seasoning. Since we add capers and green olives, that are both salty ingredients, I recommend giving it a taste before adding more salt into the sauce. Some varieties of capers and olives might be saltier than others. To find the right balance of salt for your preference, I recommend giving it a taste as you go.

In terms of the pasta, I used quinoa spaghetti that I bought from Trader Joe’s. I prefer quinoa spaghetti as I think it is healthier than regular spaghetti. Plus it is gluten-free. However, if you do not have access to pasta made with alternative flours (brown rice, quinoa, etc.) and don’t mind having gluten in your diet, you can always use regular semolina flour pasta.

A half eaten pasta with a fork and spoon

To give the whole dish an additional layer of flavor, in the end, I sprinkled it with Italian parsley, but as I was researching for this recipe I saw many home cooks use basil as well. Feel free to switch it up based on whichever you have on hand.

Finally, I used a handful of roasted pine nuts to finish the dish. I keep a jar of roasted pine nuts in my freezer to add a nice crunch to dishes like this. However, I am aware that a lot of people are either allergic or simply do not like pine nuts. If you are one of them, feel free to swap them with walnuts or do not use nuts at all.

Other Pasta Dishes You Might Be Interested In

Eggplant Pomodoro Pasta
Print

Eggplant Pomodoro Pasta

If you are an eggplant lover, this dish is for you! Eggplant and tomato sauce flavored with capers and green olives and mixed with quinoa spaghetti, fresh parsley, and Parmesan cheese. This Eggplant Pomodoro Pasta is a 30-minute vegetarian and gluten-free dish that you can make on a Tuesday night.
Course Gluten-Free and Vegetarian Pasta Dish
Cuisine Italian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 475kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 pound quinoa or brown rice pasta (I use and love Trader Joes’ quinoa pasta)
  • 1 large eggplant 1 pound, cut into 1-inch small cubes – no need to peel
  • 1 tablespoon salt
  • 2 tablespoons olive oil
  • 3 cloves of garlic
  • 1 tablespoon tomato paste
  • 5-6 medium sized Roma tomatoes cut into small cubes
  • 1 cup colorful cherry tomatoes sliced
  • 3 tablespoons capers drained and rinsed
  • ½ cup green olives pitted and sliced
  • 2 tablespoons balsamic vinegar
  • salt and pepper *
  • 4 scallions chopped both green and white parts
  • ½ cup Italian Parsley rinsed and chopped thinly
  • 1/3 cup Parmesan cheese grated
  • ½ cup lightly roasted pine nuts optional

Instructions

  • Cook the pasta according to the package instructions. Reserve one cup of the pasta liquid. Set aside.
  • As the pasta is cooking, make the eggplant pomodoro sauce: Fill a bowl with 4 cups of cold tab water. Add a tablespoon of salt. Place the eggplant cubes into the salty water. Let it sit for 10 minutes in water. Rinse and place on a sheet of paper towels to dry.
  • Heat olive oil in a 12-inch cast-iron skillet (or any heavy bottom pan) and add in the eggplant. Cook, stirring frequently, for 5-6 minutes. Add in the garlic and cook for 30 seconds.
  • Stir in the tomato paste and cook, stirring constantly, for 1 minute.
  • Add in the Roma tomatoes, cherry tomatoes, capers, and green olives. Season with ½ teaspoon salt and ½ teaspoon black pepper. Pour the balsamic vinegar into the sauce. Give everything a gentle stir and let it cook for 10-15 minutes in medium heat. Taste for seasoning and add if necessary.
  • Place the cooked pasta into the sauce (alternatively you can place everything in a large bowl). Sprinkle it with scallions, parsley, Parmesan cheese, and pine nuts (if using). If the pasta feels dry, use some of the reserved pasta liquid. Give it a toss to distribute the sauce evenly.
  • Serve with more Parmesan cheese parsley on the side.

Notes

* Please make sure to taste for seasoning as you cook the sauce. Since this recipe uses already salty capers and green olives, I recommend giving the sauce a taste before adding more salt.

Nutrition

Calories: 475kcal | Carbohydrates: 73g | Protein: 11g | Fat: 17g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Cholesterol: 4mg | Sodium: 1584mg | Potassium: 547mg | Fiber: 10g | Sugar: 8g | Vitamin A: 1406IU | Vitamin C: 24mg | Calcium: 105mg | Iron: 2mg
Eggplant Pomodoro Pasta
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/eggplant-pomodoro-pasta-2/feed/ 23
Mediterranean-Style Orzo Salad with Spring Vegetables https://foolproofliving.com/mediterranean-style-orzo-salad-with-spring-vegetables/ https://foolproofliving.com/mediterranean-style-orzo-salad-with-spring-vegetables/#comments Fri, 13 May 2016 20:32:33 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=9107 Are you ready for summer? I do not know you, but I am very excited for our first summer in…]]>

Are you ready for summer? I do not know you, but I am very excited for our first summer in the city since we moved back from the British Virgin Islands. I also am pumped about all the outdoor activities that are coming up. It is really hard to concentrate on work indoors while the weather outside is so nice and so much is happening in the city. Just this weekend there are 3 different music festivals within 5-mile radius of our house, which I am hoping to at least stop by.

Mediterranean-Style Orzo Salad with Spring Vegetables in a bowl with flatware on the side

As the temperatures rise, I am also excited about getting together with friends on our terrace. Well, it is not our own terrace per se, but more like a terrace of our apartment complex. In addition to having a nice breeze, it offers one of the most beautiful views of Atlanta’s skyline. Years ago, while Dwight and I were dating he took me up there to drink a couple of glasses of wine and watch the city lights. I still remember how I couldn’t believe my eyes when he first took me up there. I thought it was spectacular.

Ingredients for Orzo Salad
Side view of ingredients for Mediterranean-Style Orzo Salad with Spring Vegetables

As I am thinking about outdoor parties and friends coming over, I am also thinking about simple dishes that are easy and simple to put together and serve. To me, a good pasta salad is a great place to start. I love it because (1) it comes together in no time, (2) you can pretty much use any seasonal vegetable you have in the fridge, and (3) everyone loves a good pasta salad.

Wide angle view of ingredients for Mediterranean-Style Orzo Salad with Spring Vegetables

For this orzo salad I picked a Mediterranean theme, because I was able to get my hands on really good quality feta cheese and olives from a Turkish supermarket in the city. In fact, the olives were exported from Bursa, the city where I grew up. There was no question – I had to use them. After I found some freshly picked asparagus, dill, cherry tomatoes, and fresh peas at our local farmer’s market on the same day, my orzo salad recipe wrote itself.

Mediterranean-Style Orzo Salad with Spring Vegetables
Mediterranean-Style Orzo Salad with Spring Vegetables

To make it, I started with cooking the eggs. For perfect-every-time hard-boiled eggs, I used the Barefoot Contessa’s ‘foolproof’ recipe. Her method is super easy: Simply place the eggs (I used 4 large eggs) in a medium size pan with a lid and cover them with cold water. Bring it to a boil and then turn the heat off. Cover it with the lid and let it sit for 15 minutes. Rinse the eggs under cold water. When they are cool enough to handle, crack them on each side and roll back and forth with your palm on the counter. The shells should come off easily. Keep in mind that if your eggs were older, they will be much easier to peel. My eggs had 5 days until their expiration date.

As the eggs were cooking, I steamed the asparagus and peas in a steam basket for 12-14 minutes, just until they were al dente. I wanted them to be al dente because they were super fresh. However, if you prefer it more on the cooked side, feel free to steam them a little longer. As my veggies were steaming, I cooked a box of orzo. In order to make sure that it was flavored well and not sticking together, I immediately drizzled it with a quick lemon vinaigrette I made by whisking lemon juice, one clove of garlic, olive oil, salt & pepper. Finally, I placed the orzo, steamed vegetables, scallions, tomatoes, and olives in a large salad bowl. After giving it a very gentle stir, I topped it off with eggs, crumbled feta cheese, and freshly chopped dill. And voila! I ended up with what you see in the photos.

Mediterranean-Style Orzo Salad with Spring Vegetables in a bowl with flatware on the side

Of course, Dwight and I ate the whole thing, but I know that I will be coming back to this recipe for our upcoming summer picnics and terrace parties. I hope you will get a chance to give it a try as well.

Mediterranean-Style Orzo Salad with Spring Vegetables
Print

Mediterranean-Style Orzo Salad with Spring Vegetables

Spring Orzo Salad with Mediterranean flavors: An easy to make orzo vegetable salad that is perfect as a side dish or as a light lunch. If you love the Mediterranean’s fresh and zesty flavors, this vegetarian orzo salad is going to be your next favorite vegetable side dish to serve with all your meals.
Course Salad
Cuisine Mediterranean
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 30 minutes
Total Time 50 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 774kcal

Ingredients

For the dressing:

  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice freshly squeezed
  • 1/4 cup extra virgin olive oil
  • 1 clove of garlic peeled and minced
  • 1 teaspoon salt
  • 1/2 teaspoon black pepper

For the salad:

  • 4 large eggs
  • 1 lb. orzo
  • A bunch of 10-12 stalks asparagus, trimmed and cut into smaller sizes
  • 1 cup fresh peas shelled
  • 1 cup cherry tomatoes rinsed sliced
  • 4-5 stalks of scallions chopped
  • 20-25 black olives pitted and chopped
  • 1 cup feta cheese crumbled
  • 3 tablespoons fresh dill chopped

Instructions

  • Make the dressing: Whisk together the lemon juice, olive oil, garlic, salt and pepper in a bowl. Set aside.
  • To cook the eggs: Place eggs in a medium-size pan and cover them with cold water. Bring to a boil. As soon as it boils turn the heat off. Put the lid on and let them sit for 15 minutes. Rinse eggs with cold water. When they are cool enough to handle, crack them on each side and roll back and forth with your palm on the counter. The shells should come off easily. Slice each egg into 4 pieces. Sprinkle them with a little salt and pepper. Set aside.
  • Steam the veggies: Fill the bottom of a medium-size pot with 2 inches of water. Place the steam basket inside. Bring the water to a boil and let it simmer. Add in the asparagus and let it steam for 5-7 minutes. Add in the peas and continue to steam them all together for 6-7 more minutes.
  • To make the salad: Cook orzo according to the package instructions. Drain. Transfer to a large salad bowl and drizzle it with the dressing while it is still warm. Add in the asparagus, peas, tomatoes, scallions, and black olives. Give it a gentle stir making sure that everything is evenly distributed. Taste for seasoning and add more if necessary. Sprinkle it with the crumbled feta cheese. Evenly distribute the sliced eggs on top. Garnish it with chopped dill. Serve.

Notes

* Keep the leftovers in an airtight container and in the fridge to enjoy it the next day.

Nutrition

Calories: 774kcal | Carbohydrates: 96g | Protein: 28g | Fat: 31g | Saturated Fat: 10g | Cholesterol: 197mg | Sodium: 1389mg | Potassium: 540mg | Fiber: 7g | Sugar: 8g | Vitamin A: 1077IU | Vitamin C: 29mg | Calcium: 266mg | Iron: 4mg

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/mediterranean-style-orzo-salad-with-spring-vegetables/feed/ 7
Oxtail Macaroni Gratin https://foolproofliving.com/oxtail-macaroni-gratin/ https://foolproofliving.com/oxtail-macaroni-gratin/#comments Mon, 12 Jan 2015 16:26:38 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=5479 I have to admit – I have never cooked or intentionally eaten oxtail before. I knew that most people use…]]>

I have to admit – I have never cooked or intentionally eaten oxtail before. I knew that most people use it while making beef stock due to its high bone content, but I had never attempted to cook with it until I made this dish. With that being said, I have been thinking about making something with it for a while, as it is very popular and (shockingly!!?!) always available in the supermarkets of our small island, Virgin Gorda. I was told by some of the locals that oxtail is a popular meat type frequently used in Caribbean cooking, mostly in stews.

Casserole dish of Oxtail Macaroni Gratin

This Oxtail Macaroni Gratin recipe that I found in Mimi Thorisson’s new cookbook, A Kitchen in France, came in at a perfect time while I was looking for a creative way of making mac and cheese. It felt like shooting two birds with one stone.

Casserole dish of Oxtail Macaroni Gratin with a spoon on the side

If you are like me, and had never cooked with oxtails before, they come from the tails of cattle, a well-exercised muscle that is marbled with fat and high in jelatin-rich bone content. They release a ton of flavor when cooked for a long time, and therefore they are best for braising. Just like this recipe, a lot of French meat dishes use oxtail while creating a flavor base.

I have to say – this Oxtail Macaroni Gratin is like Mac and Cheese on “steroids”. It is a great alternative when you are looking for a way to make the good old mac & cheese more interesting and somewhat luxurious. It certainly is a crowd pleaser and perfect for a winter meal.

Ingredients for the recipe

This recipe has 3 components. This first part is cooking the oxtails. After being flavored with shallots and onions, they are cooked in red wine for 3 hours, or until tender. You are more than welcome to cook the meat a day in advance, especially if you are short on time. In fact in my opinion, it is best to do that, as the meat gets better as it rests.

Pasta served in wooden bowls

The second part is making the béchamel sauce. Mimi’s original recipe doesn’t have mushrooms in it, but I had some in the fridge and thought that it would be a nice addition. However, if you want you can omit mushrooms. Béchamel sauce in this recipe serves like glue made with butter, flour, milk, and chicken stock holding everything together while adding an additional layer of flavor.

The last component is putting everything together. To do that, all you have to do is to layer the meat (with its sauce), cooked elbow shaped macaroni, cheese, and béchamel sauce in two batches, and bake it in a 400-degree oven for 20-25 minutes. In the original recipe, Mimi suggests using the juices of the meat (after being reduced) as gravy on the side, but I chose to use all of it in the gratin.

recipe served in a bowl

Whether you want to impress your friends, or you are looking for a way to transform a classic, this Oxtail Macaroni Gratin is a great way to go. It sure is more complicated (and time consuming) than a regular mac & cheese dish, but certainly more rewarding. Not to mention, it is a perfect meal on a cold winter evening…

Oxtail Macaroni Gratin in a casserole dish with a wooden spoon on the side
Print

Oxtail Macaroni Gratin Recipe

Oxtail Gratin aka Oxtail Mac and Cheese: A scrumptious pasta dish made by mixing baked oxtails with bechamel sauce and pasta and baking it in the oven for perfection. This is your usual mac and cheese recipe taken to a whole new level. A great recipe when you are feeding a crowd.
Course Main
Cuisine Caribbean
Prep Time 30 minutes
Cook Time 4 hours
Total Time 4 hours 30 minutes
Servings 8 servings
Calories 650kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 tablespoons of unsalted butter plus more for the baking dish
  • 2 pounds oxtails – cut into pieces
  • 1 large onion chopped
  • 1 small shallot chopped
  • 4 garlic cloves peeled and minced
  • 2 sprigs of fresh thyme
  • 1 bay leaf
  • 1/2 teaspoon salt
  • 1/2 teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 bottle 750 ml red wine, such as Beaujolais*
  • 1 pound small elbow macaroni

For the béchamel sauce:

  • 1 tablespoon vegetable oil
  • 1 +4 tablespoons of unsalted butter divided
  • 8 ounces button mushrooms
  • 1/4 cup (1.25 ounces) all-purpose flour
  • 3/4 cup whole milk warm to touch
  • 1/2 cup chicken stock warm to touch
  • 1/2 teaspoon nutmeg freshly ground
  • 1/2 teaspoon salt
  • 1/2 teaspoon black pepper
  • 1- cup Gruyere cheese grated
  • 2 tablespoons Fresh Parsley chopped (optional)

Instructions

  • Pat-dry and season the oxtail pieces with salt and pepper on both sides. Set aside.
  • Heat butter in a Dutch oven (or any other heavy bottom pan with a lid). Add the meat and brown well, 4-5 minutes on each side.
  • Stir in the onion and shallot, and cook until translucent, 5 minutes or so. Add in the garlic, thyme sprigs, bay leaf, and wine. Bring it to a simmer.
  • Turn the heat down to low and cook until the beef is tender, 3-3 1/2 hours.
  • Remove the meat from the bones and roughly chop, if necessary. Fish out the bay leaf and thyme sprigs.
  • Transfer the meat into the pot and cook for 10-15 minutes in medium heat, or until the sauce thickens.
  • Half an hour before the meat is cooked, make the béchamel sauce. Start with heating the vegetable oil in a large non-stick skillet. Add in the mushrooms and cook, stirring occasionally, until some of the juices are absorbed, 7-8 minutes. Stir in the 1-tablespoon of butter and make sure it is melted and mixed within the mushrooms. (Here, butter serves as a gloss.) Transfer it to a plate and set aside. Do not wash the skillet.
  • In the same skillet, heat 4 tablespoons of butter until melted. Stir in the flour.
  • While whisking it constantly, gradually stir in the milk and chicken stock. Add in the nutmeg, salt and pepper, and cook, stirring constantly until the sauce thickens, 8-10 minutes.
  • Transfer the mushrooms (with its juices) into the sauce and give it a large stir.
  • Bring a large pot of salted water to a boil, add in the elbow macaroni and cook according to the package instructions. Drain and set aside.
  • Pre-heat the oven to 400 degrees.
  • To assemble: Butter an 8X11 ovenproof casserole dish with butter. Add a layer of half of the meat (with the sauce), half of the macaroni, half of the béchamel sauce, and sprinkle it with the half of the cheese. Repeat the same process with the second half.
  • Bake until it is golden on top, 20-25 minutes.
  • When ready to serve, sprinkle it with chopped parsley.

Notes

Note: You can substitute Beaujolais with a bottle of Pinot Noir, Chianti, or Burgundy.

Nutrition

Calories: 650kcal | Carbohydrates: 50g | Protein: 50g | Fat: 27g | Saturated Fat: 13g | Cholesterol: 153mg | Sodium: 604mg | Potassium: 312mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 4g | Vitamin A: 377IU | Vitamin C: 4mg | Calcium: 232mg | Iron: 6mg

Adapted with minor changes from Mimi Thorisson’s cookbook A Kitchen in France.

Oxtail Macaroni Gratin
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/oxtail-macaroni-gratin/feed/ 12
Linguine with Walnut Béchamel Sauce and Sun-Dried Tomatoes https://foolproofliving.com/linguine-with-walnut-bechamel-sauce-and-sun-dried-tomatoes/ https://foolproofliving.com/linguine-with-walnut-bechamel-sauce-and-sun-dried-tomatoes/#comments Mon, 24 Mar 2014 13:36:34 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=2830 I spent the whole weekend organizing and cleaning my kitchen. I cannot begin to tell you how good it felt…]]>

I spent the whole weekend organizing and cleaning my kitchen. I cannot begin to tell you how good it felt to make breakfast in there this morning. It was like I have a brand new kitchen.

Linguine with Walnut Bachamel Sauce and Sun-Dried Tomatoes on a plate with fork on the side

The majority of the organizing was in my pantry. Since we live on an island, I usually stock up on items that are hard to find like gluten-free flour, almond flour, dried fruit, kalamata olives, tahini, etc. As I was cleaning, I realized how much food I accumulated and forgot about in the last couple of years. Unfortunately, some items were expired and I had to throw them away. I felt really bad for doing that and decided, from now on, I would do monthly inventories at the beginning of every month.

Close up view of Linguine with Walnut Bachamel Sauce and Sun-Dried Tomatoes

One item that I totally forgot about and was very happy to see was a jar of sun-dried tomatoes I bought from a very old lady in a small farm, when we were in Seattle last year. I remember buying it with the intention of using it in a pasta sauce, as I love the sweet and sour flavors that it adds to the dish.

There was no expiration date on it. I was a little worried as I was opening the jar thinking that there might have been a science experiment happening in it. Luckily, it was in good shape.

Close up of Linguine with Walnut Bachamel Sauce and Sun-Dried Tomatoes

I knew that I should not wait any longer and use it right away. That is when I decided to make this pasta dish. I have had this idea of creating a white pasta sauce with walnuts, but thought that it would be somewhat heavy just by itself. I thought the sweet and sour taste of sun-dried tomatoes would balance all the flavors for the perfect pasta dish.
And, I was right. At least, my husband and I thought so.

After plating it, I sprinkled it with chopped fresh parsley and grated Parmesan cheese. It tasted heavenly. I served it with a simple green salad and a glass of Chardonnay for dinner.

Linguine with Walnut Bachamel Sauce and Sun-Dried Tomatoes

If you are looking for a luxurious pasta dish for your Meatless Monday menu, you should try making this Linguine with Walnut Béchamel Sauce and Sun-Dried Tomatoes recipe. You will not be disappointed.


Linguine with Walnut Béchamel Sauce and Sun-Dried Tomatoes
Print

Linguine with Walnut Béchamel Sauce and Sun-Dried Tomatoes

This linguine bechamel is an easy-to-make pasta dish flavored with homemade walnut bechamel sauce and sun-dried tomatoes. It is a great weeknight vegetarian pasta dish that you can make without sacrificing the flavor.
Course Vegetarian Pasta
Cuisine American
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 1 hour
Total Time 1 hour 20 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 311kcal

Ingredients

  • 3 cups whole milk
  • 1/2 cup walnuts chopped
  • 2 small shallots minced
  • 3 cloves of garlic pressed through a garlic press or minced
  • 2 tablespoons of butter
  • 2 tablespoons of all-purpose flour
  • 1/2 teaspoon coarse salt
  • 1/4 teaspoon black pepper freshly ground
  • Pinch of nutmeg
  • 2 tablespoon fresh Italian parsley chopped
  • 1 packet of dry Linguine
  • 1 small jar of Sun-Dried Tomatoes drained and chopped
  • 1/4 cup Parmesan cheese grated

Instructions

  • To make the Béchamel Sauce: Place the milk, walnuts, shallots, and garlic in a small saucepan in medium heat. Bring it to a boil. After it comes to a boil, turn down the heat to medium-low and let it simmer for 20 minutes, stirring frequently.
  • In another large pan, melt the butter in medium heat. Add flour and whisk for 2-3 minutes, until they are combined and flour is cooked. Slowly whisk in the milk and walnut sauce. Season it with salt and pepper. Let it come to a boil and turn down the heat to low. Simmer it for 15-20 minutes, stirring frequently. It will get slightly thicker. At the very last minute, add a pinch of nutmeg and stir to combine.
  • In the mean time, cook linguine according to the package instructions.
  • Place the cooked linguine in the béchamel sauce and stir to ensure that the pasta is totally coated with the sauce. Stir in the sun-dried tomatoes.
  • When ready to serve, individually plate the pasta on a large plate, sprinkle it with parsley and Parmesan cheese.

Nutrition

Calories: 311kcal | Carbohydrates: 17g | Protein: 11g | Fat: 23g | Saturated Fat: 9g | Cholesterol: 38mg | Sodium: 475mg | Potassium: 385mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 11g | Vitamin A: 689IU | Vitamin C: 4mg | Calcium: 307mg | Iron: 1mg

The Walnut Béchamel Sauce part of this recipe is adapted with changes  from Deborah Madison’s Cookbook Vegetarian Cooking for Everyone.


Linguine with Walnut Bachamel Sauce and Sun-Dried Tomatoes
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/linguine-with-walnut-bechamel-sauce-and-sun-dried-tomatoes/feed/ 9